PARKERVISION INC
10-K405, 2000-03-30
HOUSEHOLD AUDIO & VIDEO EQUIPMENT
Previous: OAK RIDGE FUNDS INC, 497J, 2000-03-30
Next: AMVESCAP PLC/LONDON/, 6-K, 2000-03-30




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM 1O-K

(Mark One)   (X)    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                  15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999

             ( )   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                       15(d) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934
               For the transition period from ________to__________

                         Commission file number 0-22904

                               PARKERVISION, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


        FLORIDA                                                59-2971472
(State of Incorporation)                                (I.R.S. Employer ID No.)

                               8493 BAYMEADOWS WAY
                           JACKSONVILLE, FLORIDA 32256
                                 (904) 737-1367
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      NONE

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          COMMON STOCK, $.01 PAR VALUE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required
to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.
Yes [X]   No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant
to Item 405 of Regulation S-K contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to
the  best  of  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K (X).

As of March 24, 2000, the aggregate  market value of the Issuer's  Common Stock,
$.01  par  value,  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  Issuer  was  approximately
$223,527,851  (based  upon  $30.50  per share  closing  price on that  date,  as
reported by The Nasdaq National Market).

As of March 24,  2000,  11,935,892  shares of the  Issuer's  Common  Stock  were
outstanding.

Documents incorporated by reference:  Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement
to be delivered to  stockholders  in connection with the 2000 Annual Meeting are
incorporated by reference into Part III.

<PAGE>

PART I

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

ParkerVision,  Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated under the laws of the state
of Florida on August 22, 1989. The Company's operations consist of two operating
segments - the Video  Products  Division  ("Video  Division ") and the  Wireless
Technology Division ("Wireless Division").

Video Division
- --------------

The Video  Division  is engaged in the  design,  development  and  marketing  of
automated video camera control  systems and automated  production  systems.  The
Company sells its video products and  education-based  studio systems  primarily
through  audiovisual  dealers and other equipment  manufacturers  throughout the
United  States as well as in Canada,  Latin  America and Asia.  The Company also
engages in direct selling of its high-end automated production systems.

Approximately 89%, 97% and 100% of the Company's revenues in 1999, 1998 and 1997
have been generated from its automated  video camera control  systems,  marketed
under the  tradename  CameraMan(R).  These  systems were  developed to allow the
creation of  professional-quality  video communication by non-professional video
users. These systems include a proprietary  "tracking"  technology that allows a
video user to appear in the video while also controlling the camera. The Company
markets to certain educational and videoconferencing  segments of the commercial
market  where  audiovisual   solutions  have  become  increasingly  popular  for
communication, training, presentation,  instructional and educational needs. The
Company offers its  CameraMan(R)  products in a variety of  application-specific
packages  designed for the distance  education  and  videoconferencing  markets.
Since 1995,  the Company  has  produced  camera  products  for Vtel  Corporation
("VTEL") under an OEM agreement.  VTEL  accounted for  approximately  29% of the
Company's  revenues in 1999 and  approximately  35% of the Company's  revenue in
1998 and 1997.

The  Company's  automated  production  systems,  marketed  under the  tradenames
PVTV(TM) or STUDIO(TM),  were designed  specifically to meet the needs of studio
production markets. The PVTV(TM) product line includes a professional, broadcast
quality video production  system that integrates video,  audio,  machine control
and camera control functions into an intelligent  single-operator  station.  The
system was  designed to allow  organizations  to  economize  their  resources by
maximizing  their  production  capabilities.  A single operator can control,  in
parallel,  the production functions that traditionally require as many as six to
twelve individuals to operate.

The  Company  installed  three  PVTV(TM)  beta sites in 1998 -- a cable  network
operator,  a broadcast  news station and an  educational  facility.  The Company
worked   extensively   with  its  beta  sites  during  1998  and  increased  the
technological   capabilities  of  its  system  to  include  late  breaking  news
functionality  and  integration of a widely used news  automation  service.  The
Company also focused much of 1998 on filing  patents to protect its  proprietary
technologies as they relate to the PVTV(TM) system.

The Company  installed  several  "pilot" sites in 1999 within  several  vertical
markets including broadcast,  corporate and education.  In the broadcast sector,
this effort allowed for the integration of widely used third party equipment and
products  such as news  automation  systems by AVSTAR and  Associated  Press and
video servers produced by Grass  Valley/Tektronix  and Leitch.  Integration with
third party equipment manufacturers allows the Company to leverage the installed
base of existing

                                       2
<PAGE>

equipment into its sales efforts. In addition, in 1999, the Company introduced a
digital  version  of  its  PVTV  StudioNEWS(TM)  system  and  integrated  keying
capabilities, which allows for enhanced graphic effects.

During 1999, the Company also introduced the PVTV Learning program that packages
curriculum  with  Internet  web  tutorials  for  lower  education  (K-12)  video
production.  The PVTV Learning  packages are  aggressively  priced to target the
large K-12 market in television education,  distance learning,  televised public
address (campus news) and  intranet/WAN  web casting.  In addition,  similar but
more sophisticated packages were developed for the higher education market. This
effort allows the education community to teach and produce students  well-versed
in automation processes. Broadcasters looking for producers and directors to run
the advanced  automated  broadcast  stations currently being installed will seek
these students.

The Company plans to continue to devote research and development  efforts to the
PVTV(TM) product line and expects to introduce  several  additional  systems and
features in 2000. These features include further  integration of news automation
services to allow for automatic  programming of the PVTV(TM)  transition  macros
directly from the news automation service,  digital  CameraMan(R)  cameras,  and
redundancy systems to enhance system reliability.

Wireless Division
- -----------------

The  Company's  Wireless  Division  is engaged in the  development  and  initial
commercialization  of  its  Direct2Data(TM),   or  D2D(TM),   technology.   This
technology is a wireless Direct  Conversion  radio frequency  ("RF")  technology
that the Company  believes will reduce cost, size, and power  consumption  while
improving  performance  of  wireless  devices  such as cellular  telephones  and
wireless  local area networks  ("WLAN"),  among others.  The Company's  Wireless
Division is in the early stages of  commercialization  and has not generated any
revenue to date.

The  Company  believes  its  D2D(TM)  technology  represents  a  completely  new
electronic  circuit  architecture  that  has  the  capability  of  replacing  RF
heterodyne architectures which the Company believes are the most widely deployed
current   industry   standard   circuit   architecture   utilized   in  wireless
communications.  In 1998,  the Company  announced  that its  D2D(TM)  technology
allowed for a single-step  direct  conversion  of an incoming RF carrier  signal
directly  to its  baseband  data,  eliminating  the need  for the RF  heterodyne
architecture in RF receiver  design.  The Company later  determined that its D2D
technology  could be applied to RF transmitter  use as well. The Company's focus
has been on the creation of zero intermediate frequency ("zero IF") radio system
applications  based on the D2D  Direct  Conversion  technology.  Zero IF  radios
eliminate all of the intermediate frequency stages currently utilized in broadly
deployed heterodyne transmitters and receivers.

The Company believes the D2D(TM) architecture can be implemented in a wide range
of  semiconductor  processes  allowing the opportunity to integrate other system
functions such as amplifiers,  oscillators,  and filters into the same IC as the
RF receiver,  transmitter or transceiver.  This technology  breakthrough reduces
complexity,  size, power consumption and cost of wireless communication systems.
The Company  believes the  technology  for certain  applications  also  improves
performance  when compared to the traditional  approaches,  as it simplifies the
handling  of the data  extraction  (receiver)  process or the data  transmission
(transmitter) process.

                                       3
<PAGE>

The performance of the Company's D2D(TM) technology was independently  confirmed
by Questar  InfoComm,  Inc.  ("Questar"),  a subsidiary of Questar  Corporation,
which  signed a letter of intent  to  jointly  develop  products  utilizing  the
Company's  D2D(TM)  technology  in 1998.  Questar  also  purchased $5 million in
ParkerVision  common stock in a private placement  transaction in December 1998.
The Company continues to work with Questar on the development of applications of
interest to Questar.

The  Company  focused  much of 1998 and 1999 on filing  patents to  protect  its
intellectual  property and continuing to develop enhancements of the technology.
The Company's  development  efforts in the second half of 1999 became focused on
specific  standards-based  applications including the IEEE 802.11 WLAN standard,
GSM cellular  application,  CDMA IS-95  cellular  application  and the BlueTooth
personal area network standard.

The Company  completed the development of a WLAN  demonstrator that demonstrates
several  of the  technological  breakthroughs  made  possible  by the  Company's
D2D(TM)  technology.  The Company also entered into a licensing  agreement  with
Symbol  Technologies,  Inc.  ("Symbol"),  a  leading  provider  of  mobile  data
management  systems and  services for WLAN  products.  The  agreement  calls for
D2D(TM) to be  incorporated  into the majority of Symbol's  future WLAN products
and for Symbol to be the sole licensee in the WLAN marketplace.  Under the terms
of the  agreement,  the Company  received  prepaid  royalties  and will  receive
additional  payments over time for the sale by Symbol of products  including the
D2D(TM) technology.

The Company also completed a D2D-based transmitter  demonstration  platform that
the  Company  believes  meets or  exceeds  the  requirements  of the CDMA  IS-95
standard.  Early in 2000,  the  Company  announced  that the  identical  D2D(TM)
transmitter  hardware was utilized to complete a demonstrator  platform that the
Company  believes  exceeds the GSM standard as well. CDMA is the fastest growing
digital  cellular  standard  in many  regions and is  considered  to be the most
demanding  of  the  current  digital  cellular   standards  in  terms  of  radio
transceiver performance requirements.  GSM is currently the world's most popular
digital cellular  communications  standard. The Company also announced its plans
to develop D2D(TM) based receiver platforms,  which meet or exceed both the CDMA
IS-95 and GSM standards.

The Company has opened an office in California for the purpose of recruiting and
employing  RF  engineers  for  further  development  of the  Company's  wireless
technology.  In addition to the Company's  own  engineering  staff,  the Company
engages third party  consulting  firms to provide  application  engineering  and
design services for the Company's D2D(TM) technology.

The Company  plans to continue its research and  development  efforts on D2D(TM)
into  2000 with a focus on the  development  of  application-specific  solutions
based on the D2D(TM)  technology  and further  enhancements  to the  technology.
Early in 2000,  the  Company  added  application-engineering  teams in  Orlando,
Florida and Utah with a focus on these efforts.

PRODUCTS
- --------

Video Division
- --------------

The Company's  CameraMan(R)  automated  video camera control  systems  utilize a
portable, computerized base which pans and tilts simultaneously to achieve fluid
motion,  into  which  is  integrated  a  professional   quality  single-chip  or
three-chip imaging camera that provides the system

                                       4
<PAGE>

camera control functions,  such as auto-focus and auto-image  control.  The base
unit also  includes a  proprietary  automatic  tracking  capability.  Additional
peripheral devices are available to control the automatic tracking functions and
to remotely control base unit and camera functions. CameraMan(R) camera products
are offered in a variety of application-specific packages.

For the distance  education  market,  the Company  offers  Presenter and Student
Camera systems. The presenter system allows a presenter, or instructor,  to wear
a  tracking   device  with  built-in   microphone,   so  that  the  camera  will
automatically  follow the presenter's  movements  throughout a room. The student
system includes a student  response  feature  allowing  students to "raise their
hands"  electronically by pressing a locator button on a microphone.  The camera
will  then  automatically   recall  the  student's  location  thereby  providing
educators  and  students  with an "eye to eye" level of  communication.  For the
videoconferencing  market,  the Company offers a Personal  Locator system.  This
system allows each videoconferencing  participant to program his or her personal
location  preset and then  recall  that  preset at the touch of a button on that
individual's  keypad. The system also includes a chairperson keypad with "system
lockout"  functionality  for meeting  control.  For  general-purpose  commercial
applications where a high-quality,  full-featured pan/tilt system is desired but
tracking capability is not needed, the Company offers a General Pan/Tilt system.
This system is field upgradable to all other  application-specific  systems and,
as a result,  is easily  adaptable to distance  education and  videoconferencing
applications.

All of the Company's single-chip  application-specific packages are available in
a  VTEL-labeled  product line.  The basic  difference  between the  VTEL-labeled
products and the Company's  other  products is the ability for the VTEL products
to be factory integrated with select VTEL equipment.

The Company's  automated  camera  control  systems have list prices ranging from
approximately  $5,000 to $10,000 for a single-chip system and $19,000 to $30,000
for a three-chip  system.  Early in 2000 the Company completed  development of a
3-CCD digital 4:3 aspect ratio CameraMan with an 18x broadcast lens. The Company
anticipates  selling the digital  camera system in broadband  distance  learning
applications,  flash camera  applications  in newsrooms  and packaged  with PVTV
digital studios for "live"  production  studios.  The list price for the digital
CameraMan is in the range of $30,000 to $40,000.

The Company's PVTV(TM) or STUDIO(TM) systems provides fully-integrated, PC-based
production systems with unique  functionality.  These systems incorporate two or
more  CameraMan(R)  single-chip  or three-chip  camera  systems with  additional
audio,  video and machine  control  functions,  a graphical  user  interface and
software based on a Microsoft(R)  operating  system.  A proprietary  "transition
macro"  technology  allows the system  operator  to build,  revise and preview a
production  in storyboard  fashion and then run the entire live or  live-to-tape
production  with the press of one button.  These systems also allow the operator
to  manually  pause or  interrupt  the  automated  production,  as  needed,  for
insertion of changes. In addition to CameraMan(R)  cameras, the PVTV(TM) systems
can   work   with   other   video    sources    such   as    satellite    feeds,
compression/decompression devices and cameras produced by other manufacturers.

The PVTV(TM) product line is currently  available in three  application-specific
packages:  StudioONE(TM)  targeted for  corporate  environments,  PVTV  Learning
Studio(TM) targeted at lower education (K-12) and higher education (colleges and
universities) environments,  and StudioNEWS(TM) targeted for broadcast and cable
production markets.

The  StudioONE(TM)  system  is a  base  line  system  with  limited  video/audio
inputs/outputs ("I/O") and

                                       5
<PAGE>

limited  control ports.  This system offers various  options,  which enhance the
system  functionality.  The  StudioONE(TM)  system  has list price  ranges  from
$80,000 to $160,000, depending upon the upgrade options required.

The  PVTV  Learning  Studio(TM)  is  similar  in  functionality  with  the  PVTV
StudioONE(TM)  product  with the  exception  that  for  lower  education  market
segments,  it comes  packaged with  curriculum  and on-line  CD-ROM and Internet
based   tutorials.   In  addition,   the  systems  are  packaged  with  cameras,
teleprompters and a character  generator for a complete  single-source  solution
that  facilitates  the  specification,  design and  procurement  process for the
customer.  The PVTV Learning  Studio(TM)  package for the K-12 market segment is
priced in the  $80,000 to  $160,000  price  range.  For higher  learning  market
segments,  higher functionality digital systems with 3-CCD CameraMan cameras are
provided aggressively priced in the $120,000 to $220,000 price range.

The  StudioNEWS(TM)  system is a switchable digital system that adds proprietary
functionality  to  allow  for  the  insertion  of late  breaking  news in a live
broadcast  environment.  In  addition,  StudioNEWS(TM)  allows for  multi-script
format  and  integration  of a news  automation  system.  The list  price  for a
StudioNEWS(TM)  system  ranges from  $290,000 to $450,000  depending on selected
options.

The PVTV(TM) product line includes components that may be packaged with the base
STUDIO(TM) system to provide additional functionality. These systems include the
ScriptViewer(TM) and Shot Director(TM) systems. The ScriptViewer(TM) system is a
robotic,  automated teleprompter system for CameraMan(R) cameras that integrates
with  STUDIO(TM).  The  Shot  Director(TM)  is a  joystick  controller  which is
compatible with both single-chip and three-chip  CameraMan(R) camera systems and
provides  real-time  camera  control and setup  functionality  for up to sixteen
CameraMan(R)  cameras.  The Shot Director(TM) is packaged with the STUDIO(TM) as
well as offered as a stand-alone system for use with CameraMan(R) cameras.

Wireless Division
- -----------------

To date, the Company has not developed products for its wireless  division,  but
rather  has  focused  its  efforts  on   commercialization   through   licensing
arrangements  with third parties.  While the Company is continuing its licensing
efforts and is in  discussions  with a number of companies,  early in 2000,  the
Company  announced  plans to offer highly  integrated  RF front end ICs for WLAN
products.  The initial WLAN IC to be offered will be for WLAN products  built to
the IEEE 802.11b  standard.  The Company believes the D2D(TM)  architecture will
allow  manufacturers  to reduce component  costs,  reduce power  consumption and
simplify design and manufacturing of WLAN products.  The Company anticipates the
introduction of samples for OEM customers during the latter half of 2000.

MARKETING AND SALES
- -------------------

Video Division
- --------------

The  CameraMan(R)  video  camera  control  systems  and the  PVTV(TM)  automated
production  systems  are  marketed to  educators,  corporate  professionals  and
broadcasters who use audiovisual,  telecommunications  and production systems in
distance education,  videoconferencing,  and live or live-to-tape broadcasts. In
the  education  market,  the Company  targets  universities,  colleges,  primary
schools,  hospitals/clinics,  and corporate/government  training facilities. The
Company believes

                                       6
<PAGE>

telecommunications  technologies are a trend in education  resulting in teaching
programs which are more timely,  more accessible,  and more  cost-effective  per
student. In the  videoconferencing  market, the Company targets corporations who
are utilizing on-site  videoconferencing  rooms for  long-distance  training and
communication among corporate personnel,  customers,  clients and suppliers.  In
the  broadcast  production  market,  the  Company  targets  broadcast  and cable
networks/stations,  independent  studios and corporate,  education,  healthcare,
religious and government studios.

System sales are directed by an internal sales staff and a network of authorized
audiovisual product dealers,  telecommunication  dealers and systems integrators
who  design  and  specify  audiovisual  and  production   equipment  of  various
manufacturers.  In  addition,  the  Company  maintains  national  account  sales
arrangements,  such as the program  with VTEL,  for  specific  applications  and
targeted  commercial  markets.  The majority of the Company's sales to date have
been generated through its authorized  dealers,  primarily located in the United
States.  Since 1997,  the  Company has been  expanding  its  audiovisual  dealer
network to include the international  market,  with a focus on Asia. The Company
also sells certain of its automated production systems direct,  primarily in the
broadcast  and cable  segment.  In addition to system  sales,  the Company  also
provides  training and annual  service and support  contracts  for its automated
production systems. These services are supported primarily by internal trainers,
project managers and support personnel.

The Company currently supports its distribution channels with marketing programs
to promote its products.  These include targeted trade advertising,  direct mail
campaigns,   lead   generation/fulfillment,   tradeshow   attendance   and  live
demonstration  facilities.  In addition,  the Company  provides  training of its
dealers' and national accounts' sales, support and installation personnel.

The Company's revenues by distribution channel are as follows:

    Distribution Channel            1999       1998       1997
    -------------------------    ---------  ---------  ---------

    National Resellers               53%        50%        59%
    OEM Customers                    29%        39%        36%
    International Resellers           8%         8%         5%
    Direct                           10%         3%         0%

VTEL  accounted  for  approximately  29% of the  Company's  revenues in 1999 and
approximately 35% of the Company's  revenues in 1998 and 1997. No other customer
accounted for more that 10% of the Company's revenues in 1999, 1998 or 1997.

Wireless Division
- -----------------

The Company is  marketing  its  technology  to wireless  product  companies  and
semiconductor companies. The Company plans to commercialize its D2D(TM) wireless
technology by pursuing strategic partnerships and licensing arrangements as well
as by producing and selling IC's to product manufacturers.  Currently, Symbol is
the only licensee of the  Company's  wireless  technology.  The Company plans to
offer  highly  integrated  RF  front  end  IC's for  WLAN  products  to  product
manufacturers  with sample IC's  initially  available in 2000.  The Company will
contract  with  semiconductor  foundries  to  manufacture  the IC's based on the
Company's designs.

                                       7
<PAGE>

The Company may also consider additional strategies for marketing its technology
including,  but not limited to joint product  development  arrangements  for the
development  of  specific  products  utilizing  the  wireless  technology,   and
developing and marketing its own wireless RF products.

COMPETITION
- -----------

Video Division
- --------------

The  videoconferencing  industry,  which includes distance education,  is highly
competitive.  The  Company  is  aware  of  certain  other  companies  that  have
commercialized  or developed  technologies  and products,  which are competitive
with certain  functions of the  CameraMan(R),  automated camera control systems.
Several  manufacturers  of pan/tilt  heads  compete  with the  Company's  camera
systems. Some of these pan/tilt heads have limited preset location capabilities,
but they offer no tracking  capabilities and must be operated manually.  Some of
the above mentioned  products sell for more than the CameraMan(R)  camera system
while others sell at prices similar to, or less than,  that of the  CameraMan(R)
system,  but offer  limited  functions.  Both Canon and Sony offer  systems with
certain automatic tracking  capabilities.  The Canon system requires integration
of third party software and a personal  computer with specific video hardware in
order  to  perform  certain  tracking  functions.   The  Sony  system  offers  a
visual/color-tracking  technology embodied within their camera.  While the Canon
and  Sony  systems  are  offered  at  prices  similar  to,  or  less  than,  the
CameraMan(R)  system,  the Company  believes these systems have a  significantly
lower  level of  performance  than the  CameraMan(R)  system and do not have the
application-specific   flexibility  that  is  incorporated  with  the  Company's
products.  The Company believes that it competes principally on the basis of the
capabilities of the CameraMan(R) camera system, ease of system application,  and
system flexibility.

The studio  production  industry is also highly  competitive.  Tektronics,  Sony
Corporation,  Panasonic  Corporation,  Ross, and Echolabs,  among others,  offer
video  switchers  and  various  other  products  for  studio   environments.   A
traditional  audio/video  production  environment  involves the  coordination of
multiple  operators who  independently  operate  various  pieces of equipment in
parallel to achieve audio, video,  machine control and camera control functions.
The  Company  is not  aware  of any  competitors  who  currently  offer a system
solution  that  integrates  audio,  video,  machine  control and camera  control
through a single  interface and provides the technology to allow these functions
to operate  automatically and in parallel.  The Company intends to compete based
on the acquisition of patents on its proprietary  "transition  macro" technology
and  continued  enhancements  of its system to offer users more  automation  and
functionality than its competitors.

Many of the  Company's  competitors,  in both the  videoconferencing  and studio
production   industries,   are  well-established,   have  substantially  greater
financial and other resources than the Company, have established reputations for
success in the development,  sale and service of products,  and have significant
advertising  budgets  to permit  them to  implement  extensive  advertising  and
promotional  campaigns in response to competitors.  Certain of these competitors
dominate their respective  industries and have the financial resources necessary
to enable them to withstand substantial price competition,  which is expected to
increase, and downturns in the markets for communication products.

                                       8
<PAGE>

Wireless Division
- -----------------

The  Company  intends to compete in the  wireless  industry  based on the unique
attributes of its  patent-pending  D2D(TM) technology which the Company believes
will provide lower cost,  size,  power  consumption and better  performance than
other  technologies  and  approaches  that the  Company is aware of. The Company
believes that the competing approaches are fundamentally based on utilizing more
traditional  devices to achieve the Direct  Conversion  function  instead of the
approach  that the Company has developed and for which the Company has filed for
patent  protection.  The Company has filed for  multiple  patents to protect its
technology.  Although the Company expects to compete in this market on the basis
of its patent-pending  technology,  it is possible that competitors will attempt
to find alternative solutions or develop superior technology.

The  Company   believes  its  wireless   technology   represents  a  significant
advancement  in RF technology  and one of the primary  sources of competition is
from  older  technological  solutions  which  designers  and  manufacturers  are
currently using and about which they are knowledgeable. The Company expects this
to persist until its technology is more widely acknowledged and utilized.  It is
possible  that there will be a  continuing  reliance on the older  technological
solutions  resulting  in a slower  market  acceptance  of the  Company's  new RF
technology.

The Company also expects  competition to arise from other RF  technologies  that
are emerging or currently under  development such as systems based on the use of
Impulse  Samplers and Direct  Conversion  systems based on the use of heterodyne
mixers.  One such system  introduced  in 1999 is the Direct  Conversion  Othello
chip-set  developed  by Analog  Devices,  Inc.  ("ADI") for use in GSM  cellular
applications. ADI predicts other applications will follow.

PRODUCTION AND SUPPLY
- ---------------------

Video Division
- --------------

The Company  engages in  assembly  operations  for its  automated  video  camera
control and production  systems at its facility in  Jacksonville,  Florida.  The
Company's  operations involve the inspection of each component,  assembly of the
system's  electronic  circuitry  and  other  components,  a  series  of  quality
specification  measurements,  and various  other  computer,  visual and physical
tests,   including   product  field   testing  to  certify   final   performance
specifications.  The Company believes that it has sufficient production capacity
to satisfy  increased demand for these systems for the foreseeable  future.  The
Company  obtains  all of its  component  parts,  including  standard  electronic
components and specially designed components, from third-party manufacturers.

The Company  currently  purchases all of its requirements of specially  designed
component parts from  single-source  suppliers.  The Company owns the design and
dies for such  components  and believes that  alternative  sources of supply for
such  components are available.  In addition,  the Company  purchases the camera
modules for its automated camera systems and several of the hardware  components
for its automated production systems from single-source  suppliers.  Alternative
sources of supply would require  modifications to existing systems.  The Company
maintains  blanket orders and/or purchase  contracts with these  suppliers.  The
Company  purchases  other system  components  pursuant to purchase orders placed
from time to time in the ordinary course of business.

                                       9
<PAGE>

For the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, one supplier accounted for
approximately  26%,  18%  and  40%,  respectively  of  the  Company's  component
purchases.  This supplier is the single-source  supplier of the Company's camera
modules for its automated camera systems.  No other supplier  accounted for more
than 10% of the Company's component purchases in 1999, 1998 or 1997.

At December 31, 1999, the Company had commitments to purchase camera modules and
other  parts  totaling  approximately  $337,000  through  2000.  The  Company is
substantially dependent on the ability of its suppliers,  among other things, to
satisfy   performance  and  quality   specifications  and  dedicate   sufficient
production  capacity for components within scheduled delivery times.  Failure or
delay by the  Company's  suppliers  in  supplying  necessary  components  to the
Company  would  adversely  affect the  Company's  ability to obtain and  deliver
products on a timely and competitive  basis.  The Company  endeavors to mitigate
the potential  adverse effect of supply  interruptions  by carefully  qualifying
vendors  on the  basis of  quality  and  dependability,  and by  maintaining  an
inventory  of  certain  components,  but  there can be no  assurances  that such
components will be readily available when needed.

The Company's  sales cycle for its camera and studio products is estimated to be
from one to eighteen months. The period from execution of a customer's  purchase
order to delivery  of a  CameraMan(R)  camera  system is  typically  one to four
weeks. The period from execution of a customer's  purchase  contract to delivery
and  installation  for a studio system can range from three weeks to six months,
depending  upon  peripheral  equipment  requirements  and the  readiness  of the
customer's  site. The Company  attempts to forecast  orders and to purchase long
lead-time  components  in advance of receipt of purchase  orders to permit it to
provide  deliveries of completed systems within its standard delivery period. At
December 31, 1999,  the Company  maintained an inventory of standard  electronic
and other system  components of $2,328,805.  Substantially  all of the Company's
systems are delivered to customers by common carrier.

The Company  offers a one-year  limited  warranty on its camera  products  and a
ninety-day  warranty on its studio products  covering defects in workmanship and
materials and software bugs. During the warranty period the Company will replace
parts and make repairs to system components at its expense.  The Company records
a reserve for future  warranty costs at the time of sale.  Extended  support and
service  contracts are offered to the customer to cover hardware  repair as well
as software support and upgrades for the studio systems. The revenues from these
extended support contracts are recognized ratably over the service period.

Wireless Division
- -----------------

The Company plans to utilize  semiconductor  foundries for the  production of RF
IC's.  The Company  will be  substantially  dependent  upon these  foundries  to
satisfy   performance  and  quality   specifications  and  dedicate   sufficient
production  capacity for IC's within scheduled delivery times.  Failure or delay
by the  foundries in supplying  IC's to the Company would  adversely  affect the
Company's  ability to obtain and deliver  such IC's on a timely and  competitive
basis. The Company  endeavors to mitigate the potential adverse effect of supply
interruptions  by  carefully  qualifying  foundries  on the basis of quality and
dependability, and by maintaining vendor relationships with multiple foundries.

                                       10
<PAGE>

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
- ----------------------

The Company  currently  holds  eighteen  United States  utility  patents,  seven
foreign utility patents, three pending United States utility patent applications
and six foreign utility patent applications  covering certain tracking functions
and methods for  controlling  the field of view in an automatic  tracking camera
system.  The Company has filed three United States utility  patent  applications
relating  to its  automated  camera  control  systems and  automated  production
systems.  The  Company  has  filed  twenty-five  United  States  utility  patent
applications,  twenty-two United States  provisional  patent  applications,  six
Patent  Cooperation  Treaty patent  applications and three Taiwan utility patent
applications  relating  to its  wireless  technology.  The Company has filed and
obtained  "Petition to Make  Special"  status with the United  States Patent and
Trademark Office for certain of its United States utility patent applications on
its wireless  technology and  anticipates  issuance of its initial United States
utility patents on this technology in 2000.

The  Company  promotes  the  ParkerVision,  CameraMan  and  PVTV  trademarks  in
connection  with its  marketing  activities  and holds United  States  trademark
registrations  for  ParkerVision  and  CameraMan.  In addition,  the Company has
applied to register other trademarks,  including  PVTV(TM),  Direct2Data(TM) and
D2D(TM).

GOVERNMENT REGULATION
- ---------------------

The Company utilizes  wireless  communications  in its  CameraMan(R)  camera and
PVTV(TM) systems and in its D2D(TM)  technology.  These wireless  communications
utilize infrared and radio frequency technology that is subject to regulation by
the Federal  Communications  Commission ("FCC"). The Company has obtained, is in
the process of  obtaining,  or will attempt to obtain all licenses and approvals
necessary  for the operation of its products and  technologies.  There can be no
assurance  that,  in the  future,  the Company  will be able to obtain  required
licenses  or that the FCC will not  require  the  Company  to  comply  with more
stringent  licensing  requirements.  Failure  or  delay  in  obtaining  required
licenses  would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  In  addition,
expansion of the Company's  operations  into certain foreign markets may require
the  Company to obtain  additional  licenses  for its  products.  Amendments  to
existing statutes and regulations,  adoption of new statutes and regulations and
the Company's expansion into foreign jurisdictions, could require the Company to
alter methods of operations at costs that could be substantial, which could have
an adverse  effect on the Company.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company
will be able, for financial or other reasons, to comply with applicable laws and
regulations and licensing requirements.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
- ------------------------

For the years ended  December  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the Company  expended
approximately $6,203,000,  $3,825,000 and $3,296,000,  respectively, on research
and development.

For the past three years,  the  Company's  principal  research  and  development
efforts have been devoted to the development of the PVTV(TM) product line in the
Video Division and the D2D(TM) technology in the Wireless Division.

                                       11
<PAGE>

EMPLOYEES
- ---------

As of December  31,  1999,  the Company had 100  full-time  employees,  of which
twenty-three are employed in manufacturing,  twenty-nine in engineering research
and  development,  thirty-two in sales,  support and  marketing,  and sixteen in
finance and administration. None of the Company's employees are represented by a
labor union. The Company considers its employee relations satisfactory.

ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

The Company's  executive  offices and Video  Division  manufacturing,  sales and
distribution  operations  are  located in  approximately  33,000  square feet of
leased  space on three  acres of land in  Jacksonville,  Florida,  pursuant to a
lease  agreement with Jeffrey  Parker,  Chairman of the Board,  Chief  Executive
Officer and President of the Company,  and Barbara Parker,  Mr. Parker's mother.
The initial lease term expired in February 1997,  and the Company  exercised its
first of three five-year renewal options. The lease is on a triple net basis and
currently  provides for a monthly  rental  payment of $25,867  through  February
2002. The Company believes that its  manufacturing  facility is adequate for its
current and  reasonably  foreseeable  future  needs.  The Company  believes that
additional physical capacity at its current facility will accommodate expansion,
if required.

The Company leases approximately 1,200 square feet in Los Angeles, California as
a demonstration  and training  facility for the Company's  video  products.  The
lease provides for a monthly rental  payment of  approximately  $1,600 per month
through May 2002.

The  Company  leases   approximately  5,300  square  feet  of  office  space  in
Jacksonville,  Florida  for  its  Wireless  Division  engineering  and  business
development   staff.  The  lease  provides  for  a  monthly  rental  payment  of
approximately $7,200 through May 2000 with a one-year renewal option.

The  Company  also leases  approximately  5,600  square feet of office  space in
Pleasanton,  California for the Wireless  Division's West Coast  engineering and
business  development  personnel.  The lease  term  commenced  in March 2000 and
provides for a monthly rental  payment of  approximately  $13,700  through March
2005.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
None.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
None.

PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR THE  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY AND  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS

                                       12
<PAGE>

MARKET INFORMATION
- ------------------

The  Company's  common  stock is traded  under the  symbol  (PRKR) on the Nasdaq
National Market ("Nasdaq"),  which is the principal market for the common stock.
Listed below is the range of the high and low bid prices of the common stock for
the last three  fiscal  years,  as  reported by Nasdaq.  The  amounts  represent
inter-dealer  quotations  without  adjustment for retail  markups,  markdowns or
commissions and do not necessarily represent the prices of actual transactions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           1997                            1998                              1999
                ---------------------------     ---------------------------       ---------------------------
                   High            Low             High            Low               High            Low
                ------------    -----------     -----------     -----------       -----------     -----------
<S>               <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>                <C>            <C>
1st Quarter       $17.375        $11.750         $24.000         $12.188           $31.500         $22.063
2nd Quarter        21.250         12.625          27.250          19.250            37.313          25.938
3rd Quarter        32.125         18.500          23.500          10.813            39.063          21.875
4th Quarter        31.500         15.125          24.750          11.375            32.000          18.500
</TABLE>

HOLDERS
- -------

As of March 24,  2000,  there were 95 holders of record.  The  Company  believes
there are approximately 1,820 beneficial holders of the Company's common stock.

DIVIDENDS
- ---------

To date, the Company has not paid any dividends on its common stock. The payment
of dividends in the future is at the  discretion  of the board of directors  and
will  depend  upon the  Company's  ability to  generate  earnings,  its  capital
requirements and financial  condition,  and other relevant factors.  The Company
does not presently  intend to declare any dividends in the  foreseeable  future,
but instead it intends to retain all earnings,  if any, for use in the Company's
business.

SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
- --------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        If option, warrant
                                           Consideration received and      Exemption      or convertible
                                           description of underwriting       from         security, terms
Date of        Title of         Number     or other discounts to market   registration    of exercise or
 sale          security          sold      price afforded to purchasers     claimed         conversion
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>               <C>        <C>                                <C>       <C>
11/99         Options to        414,100    Options granted - no               4(2)      Exercisable for five
              purchase                     consideration received by                    years from the date
              common stock                 Company until exercise                       the options first
              granted to                                                                become vested,
              employees and                                                             options vest from
              directors                                                                 zero to ten years
              pursuant to                                                               from the date of
              stock option                                                              grant at an exercise
              plan                                                                      price of $23.25 per
                                                                                        share
</TABLE>

                                       13
<PAGE>

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth consolidated financial data for the Company as of
the dates and for the  periods  indicated.  The data has been  derived  from the
audited  financial  statements of the Company  included in Item 8. The financial
statements  as of and for the year  ended  December  31,  1999 were  audited  by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The financial statements as of and for the two years
in the period ended  December 31, 1998 were audited by Arthur  Andersen LLP. The
selected  financial  data should be read in  conjunction  with the  consolidated
financial statements of the Company and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         For the years ended December 31,
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      1999            1998             1997            1996             1995
                                   ----------      ----------       ----------      ----------       ----------
                                                     (in thousands, except per share amounts)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
<S>                                   <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues, net                         $10,549          $9,892          $10,799          $9,196           $3,903
Gross margin                            4,015           4,009            4,684           3,209            1,462
Operating expenses                     14,981          10,191            8,637           5,411            5,139
Interest income                         1,297           1,477            1,019             614              399
Other expense                              72               1                0              10              253
Interest expense                            0               0                0              76              278
Net loss                               (9,741)         (4,706)          (2,934)         (1,674)          (3,809)
Basic and diluted net
 loss per common share                  (0.83)          (0.41)           (0.28)          (0.17)           (0.43)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets                           32,771          40,250           38,685          18,162           10,955
Long term liabilities                      30              18                5               3            3,035
Shareholders' equity                   30,136          38,982           37,527          17,277            6,970
Working capital                        22,733          25,290           24,424           8,214            8,680
</TABLE>

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
- --------------------------

When  used in the Form  10-K  and in  future  filings  by the  Company  with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the words or phrases  "expects"  or "the
Company  expects",  "will  continue," "is  anticipated,"  "estimated" or similar
expressions  are intended to identify  "forward-looking  statements"  within the
meaning of the Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995.  Readers are
cautioned not to place undue  reliance on any such  forward-looking  statements,
each of which  speak only as of the date made.  Such  statements  are subject to
certain  risks and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results to differ
materially  from  historical   earnings  and  those  presently   anticipated  or
projected. These risks include, but are not limited to, the continuing losses of
the Company which

                                       14
<PAGE>

may  result  in the need for  additional  capital  in the  future or a change in
current operations,  the need for substantial capital and use of current working
capital to develop new products and for research and development, uncertainty of
product  development,  technological  obsolescence,  market  acceptance  of  its
products and dependence on third party suppliers and  distributors.  The Company
may also have to expend  substantial  employee time and  financial  resources to
meet  governmental  regulation  requirements  and  for  the  protection  of  its
intellectual  property rights. The Company has no obligation to publicly release
the result of any revisions that may be made to any  forward-looking  statements
to reflect anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances  occurring after
the date of such statements.

GENERAL
- -------

The Company has made  significant  investments  in developing the technology and
manufacturing  capability  for its products,  the returns on which are dependent
upon the generation of future revenues for realization.  The Company has not yet
generated  revenues  sufficient  to offset its operating  expenses.  To date the
Company has used the proceeds from the sale of its equity securities to fund its
operations.  The  Company  anticipates  increases  in  revenues  in 2000.  These
increases are subject to the Company  continuing to expand its product lines and
attracting  additional means of distribution and customers,  among other things.
The  Company  intends  to  continue  to use its  working  capital  to build  its
infrastructure   to  support  future   marketing  and  sales  and  research  and
development  activities  for its  products.  No assurance can be given that such
expenditures  will result in increased  sales,  new products,  or  technological
advances.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999,  1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AND 1997
- --------

Revenues
- --------

Revenues for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were  $10,549,081,
$9,891,543,  and  $10,799,067,  respectively.  The  Company's  revenues  to date
consist of sales of its  CameraMan(R)  automated  video camera control  systems,
automated  production  systems and various  accessories  that  complement  those
systems. Revenues generated by the Company's major product lines as a percentage
of total  revenues for the years ended  December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997 are as
follows:

                                   1999            1998           1997
                                ----------      ----------     ----------
      CameraMan systems             89%             97%           100%
      PVTV Studio systems           11%              3%             0%

                                       15
<PAGE>

The number of stand-alone  camera systems sold and the average selling price per
system for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:

                          #
                       Camera           Avg. Selling
                       Systems           Price Per
                         Sold              System
                       -------          ------------

          1999          1,415              $6,600
          1998          1,413              $6,800
          1997          1,797              $6,000

The Company sold five automated production systems in 1999 at an average selling
price of approximately $240,000 (including cameras). This compares to two system
sales in 1998 at an average  selling price of $150,000 per system.  The increase
in average selling price is primarily due to beta site discounts  allowed on the
1998 system sales.

The  increase  in  revenues  from 1998 to 1999 was  primarily  due to  increased
automated  production system sales, offset somewhat by a decrease in the average
selling price of camera  systems.  The change in average selling price of camera
systems  was due to the mix of  products  sold as well as  discounts  offered on
slightly  used  camera  systems to reduce the  Company's  inventory  of finished
products used for demonstrations and tradeshows.

The  decrease  in  revenues  from 1997 to 1998 was a result of a decrease in the
number of camera  systems  sold,  offset  somewhat by an increase in the average
selling  price per  system,  and  revenues  generated  from the sales of initial
automated production systems to beta customers. Management believes the decrease
in the  number  of camera  systems  sold was  primarily  due to the focus of the
internal  sales  staff and  management  on the  launch of its  automated  studio
production systems as well as increased  competition from manufacturers of lower
priced camera systems.

The Company anticipates an increase in revenue in 2000,  primarily from sales of
its  PVTV(TM)  automated  production  systems.  These  systems  have list prices
ranging from  approximately  $80,000 to over $350,000 per system, as compared to
CameraMan(R)  camera systems which range in selling price from $5,000 to $10,000
for single-chip systems and from $19,000 to $30,000 for three-chip systems.  The
Company also anticipates increased training, service and support revenue related
to its PVTV system sales.

The Company is also attempting to commercialize  its D2D(TM) RF technology,  and
has entered into a licensing  agreement with Symbol for the use of the Company's
D2D technology in the majority of Symbol's next generation  WLAN products.  This
license agreement,  along with other commercialization  efforts, could result in
initial product or licensing revenues in 2000.

While  the  Company  strives  for  consistent  revenue  growth,  there can be no
assurance that consistent  revenue growth or profitability can be achieved.  The
Company's  ability to achieve  revenue  growth is dependent  upon many  factors,
including market acceptance of new products and technologies, ability of vendors
to supply  key  components,  development  of new  products  in a timely  manner,
relationships with significant  customers and resellers,  and changes in capital
spending by customers.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be able
to increase or even  maintain  its current  level of revenues on a quarterly  or
annual basis in the future.

                                       16
<PAGE>

GROSS MARGIN
- ------------

For the years  ended  December  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  gross  margins  as a
percentage of sales were 38%, 41% and 43%, respectively.

Fluctuations  in  margin  are in part  due to  changes  in the  product  mix and
discounts  offered on used camera  systems to reduce the Company's  inventory of
finished products used for demonstrations and tradeshows.  In addition, in 1999,
the Company's  manufacturing  labor costs increased due to an increased usage of
contract labor, increased indirect labor required for production of initial PVTV
systems and increased resources dedicated to replacing obsolete parts related to
the Company's  camera  systems.  In addition,  one of the  automated  production
systems sold in 1999 was a beta system with related third party equipment, which
was deeply discounted.

The decrease in margin from 1997 to 1998 was primarily due to initial production
costs  related  to  the  automated  production  systems  and  promotional  price
discounts  offered on certain  single-chip  products  during the second  half of
1998. The single-chip  price discounts were offered in order to reduce inventory
of a particular  single-chip  camera  module that had been  discontinued  by the
manufacturer.

While the Company continuously works to improve its gross margin through product
pricing,  labor efficiencies,  reduction of overhead,  and product design, there
can be no  assurance  that gross  margins will improve  significantly  over,  or
remain  stable  with,  the  gross  margins  attained  in 1999 due to the  highly
competitive  nature of the  industry,  the  introduction  of new  products,  and
fluctuations in the cost of component parts.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
- ---------------------------------

The Company's  research and development  expenses increased by $2,377,523 or 62%
from 1998 to 1999 and increased by $529,762,  or 16% from 1997 to 1998. Research
and  development  expenses as a percentage of revenues were 59%, 39%, and 31% in
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

From  1997 to  1998  and  from  1998 to  1999,  the  increase  in  research  and
development  expenses was primarily related to the Company's  development of the
D2D(TM) RF technology.  The increased  expenses related to D2D(TM) included fees
for third-party application engineering services,  increased depreciation due to
capital expenditures for test and development equipment, and increased prototype
expenses.

The markets for the Company's  products and  technologies  are  characterized by
rapidly  changing  technology,  evolving  industry  standards  and  frequent new
product  introductions.  The  Company's  ability  to  successfully  develop  and
introduce, on a timely basis, new and enhanced products and technologies will be
a significant  factor in the Company's  ability to grow and remain  competitive.
Although the percentage of revenues invested by the Company may vary from period
to period, the Company is committed to investing in its research and development
programs.  The  Company  anticipates  it will use a  substantial  portion of its
working capital for research and development activities in 2000.

                                       17
<PAGE>

MARKETING AND SELLING EXPENSES
- ------------------------------

Marketing and selling expenses  increased by $528,262,  or 14% from 1998 to 1999
and  increased  by  $286,121,  or 8% from 1997 to 1998.  Marketing  and  selling
expenses as a percentage  of revenues were 41%, 38%, and 32% for the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The  increases in marketing  and selling  expenses from 1998 to 1999 were due to
increases in marketing  expenses and project  management and training  personnel
for the Company's  video division as well as increases in the wireless  business
development  expenses  during  the  second  half of  1999.  The  Video  Division
increased  its  promotional  expenses  during  the last half of 1999 in order to
promote the Company's  PVTV  Learning  systems.  In addition,  the Company added
project management and training personnel for installation, training and support
of PVTV sales.

The Company's  wireless division added several business  development  personnel,
including  a general  manager  during  the  second  half of 1999 to focus on the
commercialization of the D2D technology.

The increase in marketing  and selling  expenses from 1997 to 1998 was primarily
due to increased  promotional expenses related to the Company's PVTV(TM) product
line, offset somewhat by decreases in personnel and related travel costs.

The Company is committed to continuing  its  investment in marketing and selling
efforts in order to continue to increase market awareness and penetration of its
products,  and anticipates  further increases in sales and marketing expenses in
2000  in  order  to  support  the  Company's  commercialization  of its  D2D(TM)
technology.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
- -----------------------------------

The Company's general and administrative  expenses  increased by $1,884,114,  or
72% from  1998 to 1999  and  increased  by  $738,080  or 39% from  1997 to 1998.
General  and   administrative   expenses  consist  primarily  of  executive  and
administrative  personnel  compensation,  insurance costs and costs incurred for
outside professional services.

The  increase  in  general  and  administrative  expenses  from 1998 to 1999 was
primarily due to outside professional fees for negotiation of wireless contracts
and increased use of investment bankers and other outside  professionals  during
1999.

The  increase  in  general  and  administrative  expenses  from 1997 to 1998 was
primarily the result of increased personnel costs and outside professional fees.
During  1998,  the  Company  expanded  its  executive  management  team with the
addition of a President and Chief Operating  Officer.  In addition,  the Company
added an investor relations staff to coordinate  shareholder  communications and
activities. The Company also experienced increases in outside professional fees,
primarily legal fees, in connection with its wireless technology.

As a percentage of revenues,  general and administrative expenses were 43%, 26%,
and 17% in 1999,  1998 and  1997,  respectively.  The  Company  does  anticipate
further increases in general and administrative expenses in order to support the
commercialization of its D2D(TM) technology.

                                       18
<PAGE>

INTEREST INCOME
- ---------------

Interest  income  decreased  by  $180,948  from  1998 to 1999 and  increased  by
$458,140 from 1997 to 1998. Interest income primarily represents interest earned
on the Company's  investment of the proceeds from its initial public offering in
1993 and its  subsequent  sales of securities  during 1997,  1998 and 1999.  The
decrease in interest income from 1998 to 1999 is due to the use of proceeds from
maturing  investments  to fund  increased  operating  expenses.  The increase in
interest  income  from 1997 to 1998 is due to the  investment  of funds from the
Company's Regulation S offering in September 1997, offset somewhat by the use of
proceeds from maturing investments to fund operations in 1998.

LOSS AND LOSS PER SHARE
- -----------------------

The Company's net loss increased by  $5,034,994,  or $0.42 per common share from
1998 to 1999.  This  increase in net loss was  primarily  due to a $4.4  million
increase in operating expenses attributable to the Wireless Division,  primarily
for research and development and business development  activities.  From 1997 to
1998,  the Company's net loss increased by $1,772,151 or $0.13 per common share.
This  increase in net loss was  primarily  due to a decrease in gross  margin of
approximately  $0.7  million  and an  increase  in  general  and  administrative
expenses of approximately $0.7 million.

BACKLOG
- -------

As of December  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  the Company had a camera  backlog of
approximately $390,000, $390,000, and $31,000, respectively. Backlog consists of
camera system orders received from  customers,  which generally have a specified
delivery schedule within one to four weeks of receipt. In addition,  at December
31, 1999,  the Company had studio sales pending  completion of  installation  of
approximately $560,000.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
- -------------------------------

At December 31, 1999, the Company had working capital of $22,732,559,  including
$19,659,178 in cash, cash  equivalents and short-term  investments.  The Company
used cash for operating activities of $7,555,809, $3,819,150, and $3,048,574 for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The increases in
cash used for operating  activities are primarily the result of increases in the
net losses generated by the Company due to increased expenditures related to its
wireless technology.

The Company used cash for investing  activities of $1,814,673 for the year ended
December  31,  1999 and  $19,147,225  for the year ended  December  31, 1997 and
generated  cash for  investing  activities  of  $6,739,212  for the  year  ended
December 31, 1998.  The cash  provided by and used for  investing  activities is
primarily a result of the  purchase and maturity of  investments  in  government
backed securities,  the payment for intangible assets, and capital expenditures.
The Company  incurred  $1,655,032,  $1,798,785,  and $361,131 in connection with
patent costs primarily related to the Company's  wireless  technology1999,  1998
and  1997,  respectively.   The  Company  incurred  $1,489,267,   $962,003,  and
$1,541,007 for capital expenditures in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  These
capital  expenditures  primarily  represent the purchase of certain research and
development  test  equipment,  marketing and sales  demonstration  equipment and
computer and office equipment to

                                       19
<PAGE>

support  additional  personnel.  In 1997,  capital  expenditures  also  included
leasehold  improvement  costs  incurred to remodel the  Company's  offices.  The
Company was granted rent  concessions  in 1997 and 1998 to offset the remodeling
costs.  At December  31,  1999,  the Company was not subject to any  significant
commitments to make additional capital expenditures.

The Company  generated cash from financing  activities of $929,789,  $5,516,180,
and  $22,774,260  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  1999,  1998  and  1997,
respectively.  The cash generated from financing activities  represents proceeds
from the  exercise  of  employee  stock  options,  issuance  of common  stock to
institutional  investors  in  transactions  exempt from  registration  under the
Securities Act of 1933 and from exercise of warrants issued to the  underwriters
of the initial public offering in November 1993.

The Company's future business plans call for significant  increases in research,
development and marketing costs related to its wireless technology.  The Company
intends to utilize  its  working  capital to fund these  increases.  The Company
believes  it will need  additional  capital to fund its  business  plan.  To the
extent that the Company is unable to acquire additional capital, it will have to
adjust its business plan accordingly.

The Company's  principal  source of liquidity at December 31, 1999  consisted of
$19.7 million in cash,  cash  equivalents  and  investments  resulting  from its
initial public offering and subsequent  offerings.  Until the Company  generates
sufficient revenues from system and other sales, it will be required to continue
to utilize its cash and  investments to cover the continuing  expense of product
development,  marketing  and  general  administration.  Based  on the  Company's
current  estimates,  it believes its cash and  investment  balances will provide
sufficient  resources to meet its cash  requirements for the next twelve months.
Thereafter,  the  Company  will  require a  significant  increase in revenues or
additional  capital to continue to fund its operations and business plan. To the
extent that the Company requires  additional capital, it will incur debt or sell
equity  securities.  The Company has no current  arrangement with respect to any
additional financing.

YEAR 2000 READINESS
- -------------------

In the  fourth  quarter  of 1999,  the  Company  completed  its  evaluation  and
remediation  of its "Year 2000" (Y2K) issues.  This issue concerns the inability
of  information  systems  to  properly  recognize  and  process  date  sensitive
information  relating to the year 2000 and  beyond.  The  inability  to properly
interpret dates beyond the year 1999 could lead to business disruptions.

The Company  formed an internal Y2K team to assess the Company's  products,  its
internal  information  systems and processes,  and its third party suppliers for
Y2K readiness.  The team  identified  existing  systems that required action and
completed  developing and executing plans to make  corrections in affected areas
prior to the issue causing any disruption of normal business activities.

All of the  Company's  products  that are  installed or available  for sale have
either  successfully  passed  Y2K  compliance  testing  or have been  deemed Y2K
not-applicable  by virtue of the fact that they do not process date  information
in any manner.  Although the Company's Y2K compliant products have undergone the
Company's  normal quality testing  procedures,  and to date,  there have been no
detected errors or defects resulting from Y2K issues,  there can be no assurance
that these products,

                                       20
<PAGE>

or  third-party  products  used  with the  Company's  products,  do not  contain
undetected  errors  or  defects  associated  with  Y2K date  functions  that may
materially or adversely affect the Company.

The Company  primarily  utilizes third party software  packages for its internal
information  systems and  processes.  The Company was able to upgrade  many such
packages to Y2K compliant  versions as part of ongoing  support  agreements with
the product manufacturers, thus incurring minimal to no cost. As of December 31,
1999, the Company believes its principal internal management information systems
to be fully Y2K compliant.

The Company also faces risks and  uncertainties  to the extent that  third-party
suppliers of products,  services and systems on which the Company  relies do not
have  business  systems or products  that comply with the Y2K  requirements.  To
date, the Company has not  encountered  any supplier issues deemed to be related
to Y2K.

Based on the status of its  assessment to date and the passage of the millineum,
the Company does not  anticipate  significant  costs or lost revenue  associated
with the Y2K issue that would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
operating results or financial condition.

                                       21
<PAGE>

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          Index to Financial Statements
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS                        23-24

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  Balance Sheets - December 31, 1999 and 1998                              25-26

  Statements of Operations -- for the years ended
     December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997                                         27

  Statements of Shareholders' Equity - for the years ended
     December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997                                         28

  Statements of Cash Flows - for the years ended
     December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997                                         29

  Notes to Financial Statements -- December 31, 1999, 1998
      and 1997                                                             30-45

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:

  Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                             51

  Schedules  other than those listed have been omitted since they are either not
  required, not applicable or the information is otherwise included.

                                       22
<PAGE>

               Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of ParkerVision, Inc.:

In our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  listed in the  accompanying  index
present  fairly,   in  all  material   respects,   the  financial   position  of
ParkerVision,  Inc. at December 31, 1999,  and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting  principles
generally  accepted in the United  States.  In  addition,  in our  opinion,  the
financial statement schedules for the year ended December 31, 1999 listed in the
accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set
forth therein when read in conjunction  with the related  financial  statements.
These   financial   statements  and  financial   statement   schedules  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management;  our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on
our  audit.  We  conducted  our audit of these  statements  in  accordance  with
auditing standards  generally accepted in the United States,  which require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable  assurance about whether the
financial  statements  are free of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes
examining,  on a test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the  financial   statements,   assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and
significant  estimates made by management,  and evaluating the overall financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable  basis
for the opinion expressed above.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Jacksonville, Florida
March 10, 2000

                                       23
<PAGE>

               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To ParkerVision, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of PARKERVISION, INC. (a Florida
corporation)  as of December 31, 1998 and the related  statements of operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash  flows for each of the two years in the  period
ended December 31, 1998. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of  ParkerVision,  Inc. as of
December 31, 1998 and the results of its  operations and its cash flows for each
of the two years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1998 in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

Our  audits  were  made for the  purpose  of  forming  an  opinion  on the basic
financial  statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in Item 8, Financial
Statements and  Supplementary  Data, is presented for purposes of complying with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's  rules and is not part of the basic
financial  statements.   This  schedule  has  been  subjected  to  the  auditing
procedures  applied in our audits of the basic financial  statements for the two
years in the period ending  December 31, 1998 and, in our opinion,  based on our
audits, fairly states, in all material respects,  the financial data required to
be set forth therein in relation to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a
whole.

Arthur Andersen LLP
Jacksonville, Florida
February 24, 1999

                                       24
<PAGE>


                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

                           DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999           1998
                                                         -----------    -----------
CURRENT ASSETS:
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>
   Cash and cash equivalents                             $ 2,128,742    $10,569,435
   Short-term investments                                 17,530,436     11,077,394
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
      accounts of $37,308 at December 31, 1999 and
      1998, respectively                                     876,632        805,880
   Interest and other receivables                             11,130        183,823
   Inventories, net                                        3,922,916      3,237,567
   Prepaid expenses and other                                867,654        666,203
                                                         -----------    -----------
          Total current assets                            25,337,510     26,540,302

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS                                              0      8,000,000

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net                                3,284,755      2,760,335

OTHER ASSETS, net                                          4,149,153      2,949,373
                                                         -----------    -----------

          Total assets                                   $32,771,418    $40,250,010
                                                         ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                       25
<PAGE>

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

                           DECEMBER 31, 1999 AND 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999             1998
                                                        ------------     ------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>
   Accounts payable                                     $    639,684     $    609,523
   Accrued expenses:
     Salaries and wages                                      353,736          178,006
     Warranty reserves                                       139,326           99,656
     Rebates payable                                          73,004          108,185
     Professional fees and other                             563,213          221,175
   Deferred revenue                                          835,988           33,404
                                                        ------------     ------------
          Total current liabilities                        2,604,951        1,249,949

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                         30,144           18,091

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 7 and 11)
                                                        ------------     ------------

          Total liabilities                                2,635,095        1,268,040

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Preferred stock, $1 par value, 1,000,000 shares
     authorized, none issued or outstanding                        0                0
   Common stock, $.01 par value, 20,000,000 shares
     authorized, 11,790,048 and 11,718,678 shares
     issued and outstanding at December 31, 1999 and
     1998, respectively                                      117,900          117,187
   Warrants outstanding                                    3,232,025        3,257,625
   Additional paid-in capital                             53,723,742       52,543,817
   Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)            (187,052)          72,241
   Accumulated deficit                                   (26,750,292)     (17,008,900)
                                                        ------------     ------------
          Total shareholders' equity                      30,136,323       38,981,970

          Total liabilities and shareholders' equity    $ 32,771,418     $ 40,250,010
                                                        ============     ============
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                       26
<PAGE>

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998, AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1999             1998             1997
                                       ------------     ------------     ------------

<S>                                    <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues, net                          $ 10,549,081     $  9,891,543     $ 10,799,067
Cost of goods sold                        6,534,328        5,882,552        6,115,412
                                       ------------     ------------     ------------
  Gross margin                            4,014,753        4,008,991        4,683,655

Research and development expenses         6,202,937        3,825,414        3,295,652
Marketing and selling expenses            4,286,057        3,757,795        3,471,674
General and administrative expenses       4,492,029        2,607,915        1,869,835
                                       ------------     ------------     ------------
  Total operating expenses               14,981,023       10,191,124        8,637,161
                                       ------------     ------------     ------------

  Loss from operations                  (10,966,270)      (6,182,133)      (3,953,506)

Interest income                           1,296,451        1,477,399        1,019,259
Other expense, net                          (71,573)          (1,664)               0
                                       ------------     ------------     ------------

  Net loss                             $ (9,741,392)    $ (4,706,398)    $ (2,934,247)
                                       ============     ============     ============

  Basic loss per common share          $      (0.83)    $      (0.41)    $      (0.28)
                                       ============     ============     ============
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                       27
<PAGE>

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Accumulated
                                                        Warrants   Additional       Other                        Total
                                                Par       Out-     Paid-In      Comprehensive   Accumulated  Shareholders'
                                   Shares      Value    Standing    Capital     Income (Loss)     Deficit       Equity
                                 ----------  --------   ----------  -----------   ---------   ------------   -----------
<S>                              <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>                  <C>   <C>           <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1996       10,032,604  $100,326   $1,152,360  $25,392,608          $0    $(9,368,255)  $17,277,039

Issuance of common stock upon
  employee stock option exercise    122,607     1,226            0      486,915           0              0       488,141
Issuance of common stock upon
  warrant exercise                  192,496     1,925         (222)   1,266,916           0              0     1,268,619
Issuance of common stock and
  warrants on September 5, 1997,
  net of cash  offering costs
  of $1,257,500                     990,000     9,900    2,233,620   18,773,980           0              0    21,017,500
Issuance of options for
  business consulting services            0         0            0      409,860           0              0       409,860
Net loss                                  0         0            0            0           0     (2,934,247)
Comprehensive loss                        0         0            0            0           0                   (2,934,247)
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE, December 31, 1997       11,337,707   113,377    3,385,758   46,330,279           0    (12,302,502)   37,526,912

Issuance of common stock upon
  employee stock option exercise      8,350        84            0       52,231           0              0        52,315
Issuance of common stock upon
  warrant exercise                  134,525     1,345     (128,133)     606,953           0              0       480,165
Issuance of common stock on
  December 1, 1998                  238,096     2,381            0    4,981,319           0              0     4,983,700
Issuance of options for consulting
  services, net of  forfeitures           0         0            0      573,035           0              0       573,035
Change in unrealized gain on
  investments available for sale          0         0            0            0      72,241              0
Net loss                                  0         0            0            0           0     (4,706,398)
Comprehensive loss                        0         0            0            0                               (4,634,157)
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE, December 31, 1998       11,718,678   117,187    3,257,625   52,543,817      72,241    (17,008,900)   38,981,970

Issuance of common stock upon
  employee stock option exercise     61,370       613            0      829,176           0              0       829,789
Issuance of common stock upon
  warrant exercise                   10,000       100      (25,600)     125,500           0              0       100,000
Change in value of options issued
  for services                            0         0            0      225,249           0              0       225,249
Change in unrealized gain (loss)
  on investments available for sale       0         0            0            0    (259,293)             0
Net loss                                  0         0            0            0           0     (9,741,392)
Comprehensive loss                        0         0            0            0                              (10,000,685)
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BALANCE, December 31, 1999       11,790,048  $117,900   $3,232,025  $53,723,742   $(187,052)  $(26,750,292)  $30,136,323
                                 ==========  ========   ==========  ===========   =========   ============   ===========
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1999             1998             1997
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                          <C>              <C>              <C>
  Net loss                                                   $ (9,741,392)    $ (4,706,398)    $ (2,934,247)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
    used in operating  activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                             1,573,932        1,064,572          717,780
      Amortization of discounts on investments                    (41,961)        (194,792)        (112,130)
      Provision for obsolete inventories                          240,000          210,000          100,000
      Loss on sale of equipment                                    71,416                0                0
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable, net                                  (70,752)        (144,933)         482,174
        Interest and other receivables                            172,693          202,811         (244,260)
        Inventories                                              (925,349)        (477,480)      (1,112,191)
        Prepaid and other expenses                               (189,398)         130,563         (217,746)
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses                     552,418           84,076          278,469
        Deferred revenue                                          802,584           12,431           (6,423)
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------
                Total adjustments                               2,185,583          887,248         (114,327)
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------
Net cash used in operating activities                          (7,555,809)      (3,819,150)      (3,048,574)
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of investments available for sale                  (5,740,892)               0      (10,009,375)
   Purchase of investments held to maturity                    (3,929,482)      (8,000,000)     (12,735,712)
   Proceeds from maturity of investments                       11,000,000       17,500,000        5,500,000
   Purchase of property and equipment                          (1,489,267)        (962,003)      (1,541,007)
   Purchase of intangible assets                               (1,655,032)      (1,798,785)        (361,131)
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------
                Net cash (used in) provided by
                  investing activities                         (1,814,673)       6,739,212      (19,147,225)
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock                         929,789        5,516,180       22,774,260
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------
                Net cash provided by financing activities         929,789        5,516,180       22,774,260
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                        (8,440,693)       8,436,242          578,461

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year                   10,569,435        2,133,193        1,554,732
                                                             ------------     ------------     ------------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year                       $  2,128,742     $ 10,569,435     $  2,133,193
                                                             ============     ============     ============
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

1.   THE COMPANY AND NATURE OF BUSINESS:
     -----------------------------------

ParkerVision,  Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated under the laws of the state
of Florida on August 22, 1989. The Company's operations are categorized into two
operating  segments -- the Video Products  Division  ("Video  Division") and the
Wireless Technology Division ("Wireless Division").

The Company operates in highly competitive  industries with rapidly changing and
evolving technologies and an increasing number of market entrants. The Company's
potential competitors have substantially greater financial,  technical and other
resources than those of the Company.

The Company has made  significant  investments  in developing the technology and
manufacturing  capability  for its products,  the returns on which are dependent
upon the generation of future revenues for realization.  The Company has not yet
generated  sufficient  revenues to offset its expenses and,  thus,  has utilized
proceeds  from the sale of  equity  securities  to fund its  operations.  In the
opinion of management, the Company has adequate funds to meet its 2000 liquidity
needs. The Company also believes it will be able to generate  increased revenues
and additional capital, if necessary, to sustain its operations on a longer-term
basis.  The  Company  has no current  arrangement  with  respect  to  additional
financing.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
     ------------------------------------------

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  at the date of the
financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses  during
the reporting periods. The more significant estimates made by management include
the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory reserves for potential
excess or obsolete inventory, the amortization period for intangible assets, and
warranty  reserves.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  the  estimates  made.
Management  periodically  evaluates  estimates  used in the  preparation  of the
financial statements for continued reasonableness.  Appropriate adjustments,  if
any,  to the  estimates  used are made  prospectively  based upon such  periodic
evaluation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
For  purposes of  reporting  cash flows,  the  Company  considers  cash and cash
equivalents to include cash on hand and interest-bearing deposits. Cash and cash
equivalents  include  overnight  repurchase  agreements and U.S.  Treasury money
market  investments  with original  maturities when purchased of three months or
less totaling approximately  $1,934,000 and $10,032,000 at December 31, 1999 and
December 31, 1998, respectively.

                                       30
<PAGE>

INVESTMENTS
Investments  consist of funds invested in U.S.  Treasury  notes,  U.S.  Treasury
bills and mortgage- backed  securities  guaranteed by the U.S.  government.  The
Company  accounts  for  investment   securities  under  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in
Debt and Equity  Securities."  Investments  and  mortgage-backed  securities are
classified in the following categories:

     Held to  maturity  -  Securities  that  management  has the  intent and the
     Company has the ability at the time of purchase to hold until  maturity are
     classified as securities held to maturity.  Securities in this category are
     carried  at  amortized   cost  adjusted  for  accretion  of  discounts  and
     amortization  of  premiums  using the  effective  interest  method over the
     estimated life of the securities. If a security has a decline in fair value
     below its amortized  cost that is other than  temporary,  then the security
     will be  written  down to its new  cost  basis by  recording  a loss in the
     statement of income. At December 31, 1999 and 1998, short-term  investments
     included  investments  with maturity dates of less than one year classified
     as  held-to-maturity  reported at their  amortized  cost of $3,976,596  and
     $999,294,   respectively.  At  December  31,  1998,  long-term  investments
     included  investments  with maturities from one to two years  classified as
     held to maturity  reported at their amortized cost of $8,000,000.  In 1999,
     these  long-term   investments  were  reclassed  from  held-to-maturity  to
     available-for-sale and reported at December 31, 1999 at their fair value of
     $7,768,320.  The  reclassification  of  held-to-maturity  investments  is a
     result of changes in the Company's  anticipated  liquidity needs related to
     the commercialization of its wireless technology.

     Available for sale - Securities to be held for  indefinite  periods of time
     and not intended to be held to maturity  are  classified  as available  for
     sale.  Securities  available  for sale are  recorded  at fair  value.  Both
     unrealized  holding gains and losses on securities  available for sale, net
     of  deferred  income  taxes,  are  included  as  a  separate  component  of
     shareholder's equity in the consolidated balance sheet until these gains or
     losses  are  realized.  If a  security  has a decline in fair value that is
     other than  temporary,  then the security  will be written down to its fair
     value by  recording  a loss in the  consolidated  statement  of income.  At
     December 31, 1999 and 1998,  short-term  investments  included  investments
     with maturity dates from one to two years classified as  available-for-sale
     reported at their fair value of $13,553,840 and $10,078,100,  respectively.
     For the years ended  December 31,  1999,  1998 and 1997,  unrealized  gains
     (losses) of $(259,293), $72,241 and $0 were recognized.

INVENTORIES
Inventories  are stated at the lower of average  cost  (which  approximates  the
first-in,  first-out method) or market (net realizable value). Cost includes the
acquisition  of purchased  materials,  labor and overhead.  Purchased  materials
inventory consists  principally of components and  subassemblies.  The Company's
investment in inventory is maintained to meet anticipated  future demand for its
product  and the  buildup of safety  stock on  single-source  or long  lead-time
components.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less  accumulated  depreciation.  The
cost and  accumulated  depreciation  of assets sold or retired are removed  from
their respective  accounts,  and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in the
accompanying  statements of  operations.  Depreciation  is determined  using the
straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

                                       31
<PAGE>

     Leasehold improvements                       7-10 years
     Tools and dies                                5-7 years
     Manufacturing and office equipment            5-7 years
     Furniture and fixtures                          7 years

OTHER ASSETS
Included in other assets are patent costs,  prepaid  licensing  fees and prepaid
consulting  fees.  Patent costs  represent  costs incurred to obtain patents and
trademarks for product concepts and methodologies  developed by the Company. The
Company currently holds eighteen United States patents and seven foreign patents
and has submitted  multiple  patent  applications  that are  currently  pending.
Capitalized  patent costs are being  amortized  over the estimated  lives of the
related  patents,  ranging from five to twenty  years.  Prepaid  licensing  fees
represent costs incurred to obtain  licenses for use of certain  technologies in
future products.  Prepaid  licensing fees are being amortized over the estimated
terms of the licensing agreements, ranging from three to fourteen years. Prepaid
consulting  fees  represent  the  estimated  fair market  value of warrants  and
options issued as  consideration  for  consulting  services (see Note 11). These
fees are being  amortized over the terms of the related  consulting  agreements,
generally five years.

REVENUE RECOGNITION
Product  revenues,  recorded  net of  discounts,  are  recognized  at the time a
product is shipped or services are performed and the Company has no  significant
further  obligations to the customer.  Customer  prepayments  are deferred until
product  shipment has occurred or services  have been  rendered and there are no
significant further obligations to the customer.

WARRANTY COSTS
The Company  generally  warrants against defects in workmanship and material for
one year for its camera  products and ninety days for its  automated  production
systems.  Estimated costs related to warranty are accrued at the time of revenue
recognition and are included in sales and marketing expense. For the years ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, warranty expenses were approximately $110,000,
$95,000,  and $55,000,  respectively.  The Company offers  extended  service and
support  contacts on its camera and automated  production  systems.  Service and
support contract  revenue is recognized  ratably over the life of the agreement,
generally one year.

LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
Basic loss per common share is determined based on the  weighted-average  number
of common shares  assumed to be outstanding  during each year.  Diluted loss per
common  share is the same as basic  loss per common  share as all  common  share
equivalents are excluded from the calculation, as their effect is anti-dilutive.
The  weighted-average  number of common shares assumed to be outstanding for the
years ended December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997, was 11,763,380,  11,413,555,  and
10,490,480, respectively.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
SFAS No.  121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets and for
Long-Lived  Assets to Be  Disposed  Of,"  requires  that  long-lived  assets and
certain identifiable intangibles of an entity be

                                       32
<PAGE>

reviewed  for  impairment.  If  circumstances  suggest  that their values may be
impaired,  an assessment of  recoverability is performed prior to any write-down
of the asset. In performing the review for recoverability, the Company estimates
the  future  cash  flows  expected  to result  from the use of the asset and its
eventual disposition.  If the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than
the  carrying  amount of the asset,  an  impairment  loss is  recognized.  As of
December 31,  1999,  the Company does not believe any assets that are subject to
SFAS No. 121 are impaired.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The Company adopted SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive  Income," effective
January 1, 1998.  SFAS No.  130  establishes  standards  for the  reporting  and
display  of  comprehensive  income  and  its  components.  The  Company's  other
comprehensive  income  (loss) is  comprised  of  unrealized  gains  (losses)  on
investments   available-for-sale   which  are  included  in  accumulated   other
comprehensive  income in the statements of shareholders'  equity.  The Company's
other  comprehensive  income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 1999,  1998
and 1997 were $(259,293),  $72,241,  and $0,  respectively.  The Company's total
comprehensive  loss for the years ended  December 31,  1999,  1998 and 1997 were
$(10,000,685), $(4,634,157), and $(2,934,247), respectively.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
The Company paid no interest  during 1997,  1998 or 1999.  In 1999,  the Company
recorded  an increase  in the value of options  issued in 1998 by  approximately
$225,000. In 1998, the Company issued an aggregate of 90,000 options,  valued at
approximately  $901,000 for professional services and recorded the forfeiture of
40,000 options  valued at  approximately  $328,000.  In 1997, the Company issued
50,000 options, valued at approximately $410,000 for professional services.

RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to the  1998  and  1997  financial
statements in order to conform to the 1999 presentation.

3.   INVENTORIES:
     -----------

Inventories consist of the following at December 31, 1999 and 1998:

                                        1999            1998
                                     -----------     -----------
     Purchased materials             $ 2,328,805     $ 1,996,573
     Work in process                      95,253         241,676
     Finished goods                    2,002,670       1,406,664
                                     -----------     -----------
                                       4,426,728       3,644,913
     Less allowance for inventory
        obsolescence                    (503,812)       (407,346)
                                     -----------     -----------
                                     $ 3,922,916     $ 3,237,567
                                     ===========     ===========

                                       33
<PAGE>

4.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:
     ----------------------------

Property and equipment,  at cost,  consist of the following at December 31, 1999
and 1998:

                                               1999            1998
                                           -----------     -----------
     Manufacturing and office equipment    $ 5,820,656     $ 4,592,604
     Tools and dies                            792,688         792,688
     Leasehold improvements                    473,301         426,624
     Furniture and fixtures                    213,441         181,452
                                           -----------     -----------
                                             7,300,086       5,993,368
     Less accumulated depreciation          (4,015,331)     (3,233,033)
                                           -----------     -----------
                                           $ 3,284,755     $ 2,760,335
                                           ===========     ===========

Depreciation  expense related to property and equipment was $893,431,  $742,791,
and $516,569 in 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

5.   OTHER ASSETS
     ------------

Other assets consist of the following at December 31, 1999 and 1998:

                                          1999            1998
                                      -----------     -----------
     Patents and copyrights           $ 3,777,749     $ 1,901,971
     Prepaid consulting fees              880,184         880,184
     Prepaid licensing fees               700,000         700,000
     Other assets                           9,598           5,095
                                      -----------     -----------
                                        5,367,531       3,487,250
     Less accumulated amortization     (1,218,378)       (537,877)
                                      -----------     -----------
                                      $ 4,149,153     $ 2,949,373
                                      ===========     ===========

The Company has pursued an aggressive  schedule for filing and aquiring  patents
related to its wireless  technology.  Amortization of patents and copyrights was
$159,602,   $43,843,   and  $47,591  in  1999,  1998  and  1997,   respectively.
Amortization of prepaid consulting fees was $515,542,  $168,361, and $153,620 in
1999, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Amortization of prepaid  licensing fees was
$5,357 in 1999 and $5,351 in 1998 and 1997.

6.   INCOME TAXES AND TAX STATUS:
     ----------------------------

The  Company   accounts  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes." A reconciliation between the provision for income
taxes and the expected tax benefit using the federal  statutory  rate of 34% for
the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997 is as follows:

                                       34
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1999            1998            1997
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
     Tax benefit at statutory rate      $(3,312,073)    $(1,600,175)    $  (997,644)
     State tax benefit                     (353,613)       (235,320)       (146,712)
     Increase in valuation allowance      4,236,628       2,522,765       1,295,305
     Increase in research and
        development credit                 (620,294)       (681,798)       (223,974)
     Other                                   49,352          (5,472)         73,025
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------
                                        $         0     $         0     $         0
                                        ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

The  Company's  deferred  tax assets  and  liabilities  relate to the  following
sources and differences  between  financial  accounting and the tax bases of the
Company's assets and liabilities at December 31, 1999 and 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1999             1998
                                                                    ------------     ------------
     Current deferred taxes:
       Current deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>
          Deferred revenue                                          $    259,575     $     13,863
          Inventory obsolescence reserve                                 188,930          169,049
          Inventory capitalization                                       121,648           61,746
          Warranty reserve                                                52,247           41,357
          Vacation accrual                                                55,202           35,275
          Allowance for doubtful accounts                                 13,991           15,483
          Related-party payables and accruals                                  0            1,567
                                                                    ------------     ------------
                                                                         691,593          338,340
          Less valuation allowance                                      (661,449)        (320,249)
                                                                    ------------     ------------
               Total current deferred tax assets
                    (included in prepaid expenses and other)        $     30,144     $     18,091
                                                                    ============     ============
     Noncurrent deferred taxes:
       Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
          Net operating loss carryforward                           $  9,872,395     $  6,773,503
          Research and development credit carryforward                 1,526,066          905,772
          Patent amortization and other                                  464,005          237,759
                                                                    ------------     ------------
                                                                      11,862,466        7,917,034
          Less valuation allowance                                   (11,421,062)      (7,525,634)
                                                                    ------------     ------------
               Total noncurrent deferred tax assets                      441,404          391,400
                                                                    ------------     ------------
       Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
          Warrant exercise                                              (294,146)        (249,000)
          Depreciation and other                                        (177,402)        (160,491)
                                                                    ------------     ------------
               Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities                (471,548)        (409,491)

                                                                    ------------     ------------
                    Net noncurrent deferred income tax liability    $    (30,144)    $    (18,091)
                                                                    ============     ============
</TABLE>

                                       35
<PAGE>

The Company has recorded a valuation  allowance to state its deferred tax assets
at estimated net realizable value due to the uncertainty  related to realization
of these assets  through  future  taxable  income.  The valuation  allowance for
deferred  tax assets as of  December  31,  1999 and 1998 were  $12,082,511,  and
$7,845,883, respectively.

At December  31,  1999,  the Company had net  operating  loss and  research  and
development  carryforwards for income tax purposes of approximately  $26,326,000
and  $1,526,000,  respectively,  which expire  beginning in 2008.  The Company's
ability to benefit from the net  operating  loss and  research  and  development
carryforwards  could be limited under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code if ownership of the Company changes by more than 50%, as defined.

7.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     -----------------------------

LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company's  executive  offices and Video  Division  operations are located in
Jacksonville, Florida, pursuant to a noncancelable lease agreement (see Note 8).
The initial lease term expired in February 1997,  and the Company  exercised its
first of three five-year renewal options. The lease is on a triple net basis and
currently  provides for a monthly  rental  payment of $25,867  through  February
2002.

During 1999, the Company  leased a  demonstration  and training  facility in Los
Angeles,  California  pursuant to a  noncancelable  lease  agreement.  The lease
provides for a monthly rental payment of approximately  $1,600 per month through
May 2002.

In November 1999, the Company  entered into a lease  arrangement  for additional
office space in Jacksonville, Florida under a noncancelable lease agreement that
provides for a monthly rental payment of  approximately  $7,200 through May 2000
with a one-year renewal option.

In addition,  the Company  entered into a  noncancelable  lease  arrangement for
office space in Pleasanton,  California for the Wireless  Division's  West Coast
engineering  and business  development  personnel.  The lease term  commences in
March 2000 and provides for a monthly  rental payment of  approximately  $13,700
through March 2005.

Certain  leases  obligate the Company to pay  property  taxes,  maintenance  and
repair costs.  Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
is $342,973, $325,218 and $174,465, respectively.

Future  minimum lease payments under all  noncancelable  operating  leases as of
December 31, 1999 were as follows:

                                       36
<PAGE>

                   2000                       499,000
                   2001                       466,000
                   2002                       190,000
                   2003                       137,000
                   2004                       137,000
                                         -------------
                                            1,429,000
                                         =============

PURCHASE COMMITMENTS
At  December  31,  1999,  the  Company has  commitments  to  purchase  materials
aggregating  approximately  $337,000  through 2000 from four  suppliers.  One of
these suppliers is a single-source  supplier of the Company's camera modules and
accounted  for  approximately  26%,  18%,  and  40% of the  Company's  component
purchases for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. No
other supplier accounted for more than 10% of the Company's  component purchases
in 1999, 1998, or 1997.

8.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
     ---------------------------

The Company leases its manufacturing and headquarters office facilities from the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and his mother.  The lease's
current terms obligate the Company through  February 28, 2002 at a monthly lease
payment of $25,867.

9.   CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
     -----------------------------

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of
credit risk principally consist of cash, cash equivalents and trade receivables.
At December 31, 1999,  the Company had cash  balances on deposit with banks that
exceeded the balance  insured by the  F.D.I.C.  The Company  maintains  its cash
investments with what management  believes to be quality financial  institutions
and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one institution.

One customer,  Vtel Corporation  ("VTEL") accounted for approximately 29% of the
Company's total revenues in 1999 and approximately 35% of total revenues in 1998
and 1997. No other  customer  accounted  for more than 10% of total  revenues in
1999, 1998 or 1997. VTEL and two other customers accounted for approximately 65%
of accounts  receivable  at December  31,  1999.  The Company  closely  monitors
extensions of credit and has never experienced significant credit losses.

10.  BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
     ----------------------------

The Company  operates in two reportable  segments,  each of which is a strategic
business  that  is  managed   separately  because  each  business  develops  and
commercializes  distinct products and  technologies.  The segments are the Video
Division and Wireless Division.

                                       37
<PAGE>

The Video  Division  is engaged in the  design,  development  and  marketing  of
CameraMan(R) automated video camera control systems and PVTV Studio(R) automated
production  systems.  The Company sells its video  products and  education-based
automated  production  systems primarily through  audiovisual  dealers and other
equipment manufacturers throughout the United States as well as in Canada, Latin
America and Asia.  The Company  also  engages in direct  selling of its high-end
automated production systems.

The  Company's  Wireless  Division  is engaged in the  development  and  initial
commercialization  of  its  Direct2Data(TM),   or  D2D(TM),   technology.   This
technology is a wireless  radio  frequency  ("RF")  technology  that the Company
believes  will  reduce  cost,  size,  and  power   consumption  while  improving
performance of wireless  devices such as cellular  telephones and wireless local
area networks ("WLAN"),  among others. The Company's Wireless Division is in the
early stages of commercialization and has not generated any revenues to date.

Management  primarily evaluates the operating  performance of its segments based
on net sales and income from operations. The accounting policies of the segments
are  substantially  the same as those  described  in the summary of  significant
accounting polices discussed in Note 1.

Prior  to  1999,  the  Company  operated  in  a  single  reportable  segment  of
microelectronic hardware and software products and related technologies.  As the
Company has  completed  the  research of its wireless  technology  and is moving
toward commercialization of the technology, the Company redefined its reportable
segments  effective July 1, 1999.  Segment  information  for 1998 is restated to
reflect the revised  segments,  however it is  impracticable  to restate certain
1997 amounts. Segment results are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1999         1998         1997
                                                      --------     --------     --------
     NET SALES:
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
       Video Division                                 $ 10,549     $  9,892     $ 10,799
       Wireless Division                                     0            0            0
                                                      --------     --------     --------
           Total net sales                            $ 10,549     $  9,892     $ 10,799
                                                      ========     ========     ========
     LOSS FROM OPERATIONS:
       Video Division                                 $ (3,384)    $ (2,941)
       Wireless Division                                (7,653)      (3,242)
       Other (a)                                         1,296        1,477
                                                      --------     --------
           Total net loss                             $ (9,741)    $ (4,706)    $ (2,934)
                                                      ========     ========     ========
     DEPRECIATION:
       Video Division                                 $    539     $    510
       Wireless Division                                   354          233
                                                      --------     --------
           Total depreciation                         $    893     $    743     $    517
                                                      ========     ========     ========

                                       38
<PAGE>

                                                        1999         1998         1997
                                                      --------     --------     --------
     AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES AND OTHER ASSETS:
       Video Division                                 $    183     $     85
       Wireless Division                                   498          133
                                                      --------     --------
           Total amortization                         $    681     $    218     $    207
                                                      ========     ========     ========
     CAPITAL EXPENDITURES:
       Video Division                                 $    616     $    422
       Wireless Division                                   695          380
       Other (b)                                           178          160
                                                      --------     --------
           Total capital expenditures                 $  1,489     $    962     $  1,541
                                                      ========     ========     ========
     ASSETS:
       Video Division                                 $  7,345     $  6,385
       Wireless Division                                 4,610        2,753
       Other (c)                                        20,816       31,112
                                                      --------     --------
           Total assets                               $ 32,771     $ 40,250     $ 38,685
                                                      ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>

(a)  Other represents interest income from investments.

(b)  Other represents corporate improvements, furniture and equipment.

(c)  Other includes the following corporate assets (in thousands):

                                        December 31,     December 31,
                                           1999             1998
                                        -----------      -----------
     Cash and investments                 $19,659          $29,647
     Interest and other receivables            11              184
     Prepaid expenses                         466              660
     Property and equipment, net              670              616
     Other assets                              10                5
                                          -------          -------
          Total                           $20,816          $31,112
                                          =======          =======

11.  STOCK OPTIONS, WARRANTS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS:
     -----------------------------------------------------------

1993 STOCK PLAN
The Company  adopted a stock plan in September 1993 (the "1993 Plan").  The 1993
Plan,  as amended,  provides  for the grant of options and other  Company  stock
awards to employees,  directors and consultants,  not to exceed 3,500,000 shares
of common stock.  The plan provides for benefits in the form of incentive  stock
options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted

                                       39
<PAGE>

share awards,  bargain  purchases of common  stock,  bonuses of common stock and
various stock benefits or cash. Under terms of the plan, incentive stock options
may not be granted at less than the fair market value of the common stock on the
date of grant and expire no later than ten years after the date of grant.

Options granted to employees and consultants  under the 1993 Plan generally vest
for periods up to ten years and are  exercisable for a period of five years from
the date the options become vested.  Options granted to directors under the 1993
Plan are generally exercisable immediately and expire ten years from the date of
grant.  Options to purchase  1,094,950 shares of common stock were available for
future grants under the 1993 Plan at December 31, 1999.

The  following  table  summarizes  activity  under the 1993 Plan for each of the
years ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1999                       1998                       1997
                            ------------------------   ------------------------   ------------------------
                                           Wtd. Avg.                  Wtd. Avg.                  Wtd. Avg.
                              Shares       Ex. Price     Shares       Ex. Price     Shares       Ex. Price
                            ----------     ---------   ----------     ---------   ----------     ---------
<S>                          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>
     Outstanding at
       beginning of year     1,937,530     $  16.06     1,187,200     $  13.46       297,275     $   9.96
     Granted                   414,100        23.25       902,640        19.31       941,000        14.41
     Exercised                 (61,370)       13.52        (8,350)        6.26       (39,800)        9.45
     Forfeited                  (6,230)       21.55      (143,960)       15.63       (11,275)       14.40
                            ----------     --------    ----------     --------    ----------     --------
     Outstanding at
        end of year          2,284,030     $  17.41     1,937,530     $  16.06     1,187,200     $  13.46
                            ==========     ========    ==========     ========    ==========     ========
     Exercisable at
        end of year            812,020     $  14.99       668,460     $  14.11       398,800     $  11.24
                            ==========     ========    ==========     ========    ==========     ========
     Weighted average
        fair value of
        options granted                    $  14.51                   $  12.37                   $   8.65
                                           ========                   ========                   ========
</TABLE>

The options  outstanding  at December 31, 1999 under the 1993 Plan have exercise
price ranges and weighted average contractual lives as follows:

                                       40
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Options Outstanding                            Options Exercisable
                            ----------------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                 Number            Wtd.Avg.                             Number
     Range of                Outstanding at       Remaining         Wtd. Avg.       Exercisable at       Wtd. Avg.
     Exercise                   December         Contractual        Exercise         December 31,         Exercise
      Prices                    31, 1999            Life              Price              1999              Price
- -----------------------     -----------------   --------------    --------------    ----------------    -------------
<S>                            <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>
     $5.00-$6.625                 29,100            5 years           $6.07              23,500             $5.93
    $7.875-$10.50                102,500            4 years           $7.94             100,500             $7.89
   $11.875-$15.625             1,025,700           10 years          $14.21             400,200            $13.36
    $18.75-$23.25              1,126,730           11 years          $21.49             287,820            $20.47
                               ---------                                               --------
                               2,284,030                                                812,020
                               =========                                               ========
</TABLE>

Included in option grants under the 1993 Plan are 50,000  option shares  granted
in 1998 to outside  patent  counsel for patent and other legal  services.  These
options were  granted at an exercise  price of $18.75 per share and vest ratably
over three years. The estimated fair value of these options at the date of grant
was  approximately  $10.62  per  share  or  $532,000  based  on a  Black-Scholes
option-pricing  model.  In November  1999, the Company  accelerated  vesting for
these options and all  remaining  options are fully  exercisable.  The estimated
fair value of these  options was measured as of the date of  acceleration  using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: risk free
interest rate of 4.50%, no expected dividend yield,  expected life of four years
and expected volatility of 60%. This measurement date resulted in an increase in
the fair value estimate of approximately  $145,000.  The estimated fair value of
these  options are  included in other  assets and  amortized to expense over the
estimated life of the services.

Also included in options  granted under the 1993 Plan are 50,000 options granted
in 1997 to outside counsel under a five year consulting agreement. These options
were granted at an exercise  price of $15.125 per share and vested  ratably over
five years. In 1998, the consulting agreement was cancelled, and 40,000 unvested
options were  forfeited.  The estimated  fair value of the vested portion of the
option is  approximately  $8.20 per share or  $82,000,  which was  amortized  to
expense in 1998.  The fair value of this  option  was  estimated  on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes  option pricing model with the following  weighted
average  assumptions:  risk free  interest rate of 6.63%,  no expected  dividend
yield, expected life of 7 years and expected volatility of 40%.


NON-PLAN OPTIONS/WARRANTS
The  Company  has  granted  options  and  warrants  outside  the  1993  Plan for
employment  inducements,  non-employee consulting services, and for underwriting
and other  services in connection  with stock  offerings.  Non-plan  options and
warrants are generally  granted with exercise  prices equal to fair market value
at the  date of  grant.  Non-plan  options  granted  as  employment  inducements
generally vest over five to ten years and are generally exercisable for a period
of five years  from the date the  options  become  vested.  Non-plan  options or
warrants  granted  for  consulting  services  vest over the term of the  related
consulting  agreement,  generally one to five years,  and expire five years from
the date the option or  warrant  becomes  vested.  Non-plan  warrants  issued in
connection with stock offerings are fully exercisable and expire five years from
the date of grant.

                                       41
<PAGE>

The following table summarizes activity related to non-plan options and warrants
for each of the years ended December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1999                       1998                       1997
                             ------------------------   ------------------------   ------------------------
                                            Wtd. Avg.                  Wtd. Avg.                  Wtd. Avg.
                               Shares       Ex. Price     Shares       Ex. Price     Shares       Ex. Price
                             ----------     ---------   ----------     ---------   ----------     ---------
<S>                           <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>
     Outstanding at
        Beginning of year     1,146,625     $  16.78       680,000     $  12.94       582,807     $   8.34
     Granted                    625,000        28.65       516,625        21.17       430,000        18.21
     Exercised                  (10,000)       10.00       (50,000)       10.00       (82,807)        1.36
     Forfeited                        0                                       0      (250,000)       15.13
                             ----------     --------    ----------     --------    ----------     --------
     Outstanding at
        end of year           1,761,625     $  21.03     1,146,625     $  16.78       680,000     $  12.94
                             ==========     ========    ==========     ========    ==========     ========

     Exercisable at
        end of year             750,650     $  14.57       665,325     $  13.55       680,000     $  12.94
                             ==========     ========    ==========     ========    ==========     ========

    Weighted average
       fair value of
       options granted                      $  20.20                   $  14.11
                                            ========                   ========
</TABLE>

The non-plan options and warrants outstanding at December 31, 1999 have exercise
price ranges and weighted- average contractual lives as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Options/Warrants                                 Options/Warrants
                                               Outstanding                                      Exercisable
                             ----------------------------------------------------     ----------------------------------
                                    Number            Wtd.Avg.                              Number
      Range of                  Outstanding at       Remaining        Wtd. Avg.         Exercisable at       Wtd. Avg.
      Exercise                     December         Contractual       Exercise           December 31,        Exercise
       Prices                      31, 1999            Life             Price                1999              Price
- ---------------------        -----------------    --------------    -------------     ----------------     -------------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>                <C>                 <C>                <C>
       $5.00                        50,000            4 years            $5.00               50,000             $5.00
       $10.00                      390,000            2 years           $10.00              390,000            $10.00
   $15.125-$22.50                  696,625            7 years           $21.51              285,650            $21.72
   $23.25-$30.00                   625,000           12 years           $28.65               25,000            $23.25
                                 ---------                                                  -------
                                 1,761,625                                                  750,650
                                 =========                                                  =======
</TABLE>

                                       42
<PAGE>

Included in non-plan  options and warrants are 25,000 option  shares  granted in
1998 to  outside  patent  counsel  for patent and other  legal  services.  These
options were  granted at an exercise  price of $18.75 per share and vest ratably
over three years. The estimated fair value of these options at the date of grant
was  approximately  $10.62  per  share  or  $265,000  based  on a  Black-Scholes
option-pricing  model.  In November  1999, the Company  accelerated  vesting for
these options and all  remaining  options are fully  exercisable.  The estimated
fair value of these  options was measured as of the date of  acceleration  using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: risk free
interest rate of 4.50%, no expected dividend yield,  expected life of four years
and expected volatility of 60%. This measurement date resulted in an increase in
the fair value estimate of  approximately  $72,000.  The estimated fair value of
these  options are  included in other  assets and  amortized to expense over the
estimated life of the services.

Also included in non-plan  options and warrants is an option to purchase  15,000
shares of the  Company's  common  stock  granted in November  1998 to an outside
consultant in exchange for administrative  services rendered. This option has an
exercise price of $18.75 per share, is fully  exercisable and expires five years
from the date of grant. The estimated fair value of this option is approximately
$6.95 per  share or  approximately  $104,250,  which  has been  expensed  in the
accompanying statement of operations in 1998. The fair value is estimated on the
date of grant using the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing model with the following
weighted  average  assumptions:  risk free interest  rate of 4.70%,  no expected
dividend yield, expected life of two years and expected volatility of 62%.

Also included in non-plan  options and warrants are 200,000  warrants granted in
1996 to Whale Securities Co., L.P. ("Whale") and its designees under a five year
financial consulting and advisory agreement. These warrants were granted with an
exercise price of $10.00 per share, are fully  exercisable and expire five years
from the date of grant.  The estimated fair value of the warrants at the date of
grant was $2.56 per share,  or $512,000.  The fair value was estimated using the
Black-Scholes   option  pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted  average
assumptions:  risk free  interest  rate of 6.34%,  no expected  dividend  yield,
expected  life of two years and  expected  volatility  of 40%. The fair value of
these  warrants was  included in other assets and  amortized to expense over the
term of the consulting agreement. In 1999, the Company ceased utilizing services
under the agreement,  and expensed the remaining unamortized portion of the fair
value related to these warrants in the accompanying statement of operations.

In  connection  with its  Regulation  S offering  (see Note 12), on September 5,
1997,  the  Company  granted  warrants  to an outside  financial  consultant  to
purchase an  aggregate  of 180,000  shares of common  stock of the Company at an
exercise  price of $22.50 per share.  The warrants have an estimated fair market
value of $12.41 per share, or $2,233,800. The fair value was estimated as of the
date of grant using the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing model with the following
weighted  average  assumptions:  risk free interest  rate of 6.08%,  no expected
dividend yield, an expected life of three years, and expected volatility of 64%.

In connection  with its  Regulation S offering (see Note 12), on April 12, 1996,
the Company  granted  warrants to outside  financial  consultants to purchase an
aggregate of 250,000  shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price
of $10.00 per share.  The warrants are  exercisable for five years from the date
of consummation of the offering. The warrants have an estimated fair market

                                       43
<PAGE>

value of $2.56 per share,  or $640,000.  The fair value was  estimated as of the
date of grant using the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing model with the following
weighted  average  assumptions:  risk free interest  rate of 6.34%,  no expected
dividend yield, an expected life of two years, and expected volatility of 40%.

COMPENSATION COSTS
The Company's employee stock options are accounted for under APB Opinion No. 25,
under which no compensation cost has been recognized.  Had compensation cost for
this plan been determined  consistent  with SFAS No.123,  the Company's net loss
and net loss per share  would have been  increased  to the  following  pro forma
amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1999               1998               1997
                                               --------------     --------------     --------------

<S>                                            <C>                <C>                <C>
                     Net Loss:  As Reported    $   (9,741,392)    $   (4,706,398)    $   (2,934,247)
                                Pro Forma         (13,772,578)        (9,010,611)        (4,786,415)

     Basic Net Loss Per Share:  As Reported    $        (0.83)    $        (0.41)    $        (0.28)
                                Pro Forma               (1.17)             (0.79)             (0.46)
</TABLE>

The fair value of each  employee  option grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for grants in 1999, 1998 and 1997:

                                 1999               1998               1997
                            ---------------    --------------     --------------
Expected volatility             57%-60%             62%                55%
Risk free interest rate       5.31%-6.08%      4.70% to 5.98%     5.75% to 6.85%
Expected life                  4-11 years        2-11 years         2-11 years
Dividend yield                     --                --                 --

12.   STOCK AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE:
      ---------------------------------

PREFERRED STOCK
The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company  authorizes  the  Board  of
Directors to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred  stock,  $1.00 par value.
No preferred  shares have been issued or are  outstanding  at December 31, 1999.
Subsequent  to  December  31,  1999,  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of
substantially  all of the  assets of  Signal  Technologies,  Inc.,  the Board of
Directors issued 114,019 shares of Preferred Stock (see Note 13).

                                       44
<PAGE>

COMMON STOCK
On December 1, 1998,  the Company  issued  238,096 shares of its common stock to
Questar InfoComm,  Inc. in a private placement  transaction.  The shares,  which
constituted  approximately  2% of the Company's  outstanding  common stock on an
after-issued  basis,  were sold at a price of $21.00 per share, for net proceeds
of approximately $5,000,000.


On September 5, 1997,  the Company  issued 900,000 shares of its common stock to
overseas  investors in a transaction  pursuant to Regulation S of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "1997  Offering").  The shares,  which  constituted
approximately  8% of the Company's  outstanding  common stock on an after-issued
basis,  were sold at a price of $22.50 per share.  After deducting  issuance and
offering costs of $1,257,500, the Company received net proceeds of $18,992,500.

Also on September 5, 1997,  the Company issued 90,000 shares of its common stock
to three investors in a private placement  transaction  pursuant to Section 4(2)
of the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended.  These shares,  which  constituted
approximately 0.8% of the Company's  outstanding common stock on an after-issued
basis,  were sold at a price of $22.50 per share,  and the Company  received net
proceeds of $2,025,000.

13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
     -----------------

On March 10,  2000,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Signal   Technologies,   Inc.,  a  subchapter  S  corporation   specializing  in
radio-frequency   design  services.  The  assets,  which  include  property  and
equipment,  accounts  receivable  and  intangible  assets  were  acquired  for a
purchase price of $1,996,700. The purchase price was fully paid in the Company's
newly issued Series D Preferred Stock.

                                       45
<PAGE>

ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

On November 12, 1999, the Company selected PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to replace
Arthur  Andersen  LLP as  its  independent  certified  public  accountants.  The
decision  to change  auditors  was  approved  by the board of  directors  of the
Company.

Arthur  Andersen  LLP's report on the financial  statements of the Company as of
December 31, 1998 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
1998,  did not contain an adverse  opinion or  disclaimer of opinion and was not
qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

During the two years ended December 31, 1998, and the subsequent interim period,
there were no disagreements with Arthur Andersen LLP on any matter of accounting
principles or practices,  financial statement  disclosure,  or auditing scope or
procedure  which  disagreements,  if not resolved to the  satisfaction of Arthur
Andersen  LLP would have caused  Arthur  Andersen  LLP to make  reference to the
subject matter of the  disagreements in connection with their audit reports with
respect to financial statements of the Company.

PART III

ITEM  10.  DIRECTORS,   EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS,   PROMOTERS  AND  CONTROL  PERSONS;
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

The  information  contained  under the captions  "Election of  Directors" in the
Company's   definitive   Proxy   Statement  for  its  2000  Annual   Meeting  of
Stockholders, which will be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A
under the  Securities  and  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  (the "1999 Proxy
Statement"), is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information  contained under the caption  "Election of Directors - Executive
Compensation" in the 1999 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The  information  contained  under the caption  "Security  Ownership  of Certain
Beneficial  Owners"  in the 1999  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

                                       46
<PAGE>

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The  information  contained  under the caption  "Election of Directors - Certain
Relationships  and  Related   Transactions"  in  the  1999  Proxy  Statement  is
incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(A)  EXHIBITS

     Exhibit Number                            Description
     --------------    ---------------------------------------------------------
            3.1        Articles of  Incorporation,  as amended  (incorporated by
                       reference from Exhibit 3.1 of Registration  Statement No.
                       33-70588-A)

            3.2        Amendment  to Amended  Articles  of  Incorporation  dated
                       March 6, 2000*

            3.3        Bylaws,  as  amended   (incorporated  by  reference  from
                       Exhibit  3.2 of  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year
                       ended December 31, 1998)

            4.1        Form  of  common  stock   certificate   (incorporated  by
                       reference from Exhibit 4.1 of Registration  Statement No.
                       33-70588-A)

            4.2        Purchase  option  agreement  dated April 12, 1996 between
                       the Registrant and Financial Consultant  (incorporated by
                       reference  from Exhibit 10.3 of Quarterly  Report on Form
                       10-QSB for the quarterly period ended March 31, 1996)

            4.3        Purchase  option  agreement  dated April 12, 1996 between
                       the Registrant and Financial Consultant  (incorporated by
                       reference  from Exhibit 10.4 of Quarterly  Report on Form
                       10-QSB for the Quarterly period ended March 31, 1996)

            4.4        Warrant   agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Whale
                       Securities Co., L.P. dated July 16, 1996 (incorporated by
                       reference  from Exhibit 4.1 of  Quarterly  Report on Form
                       10-QSB for the quarterly Period ended September 30, 1996)

            4.5        Warrant  agreement between the Registrant and Frog Hollow
                       Partners dated July 16, 1996  (incorporated  by reference
                       from Exhibit 4.2 of  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-QSB for
                       the quarterly period ended September 30, 1996)

                                       47
<PAGE>

            4.6        Purchase option agreement dated September 5, 1997 between
                       the Registrant and Financial Consultant  (incorporated by
                       reference  from  Exhibit  4.7 of  Annual  Report  on Form
                       10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 1997)

            10.1       Lease dated  March 1, 1992  between  the  Registrant  and
                       Jeffrey  Parker and  Barbara  Parker for 8493  Baymeadows
                       Way,  Jacksonville,  Florida  (incorporated  by reference
                       from  Exhibit   10.1  of   Registration   Statement   No.
                       33-70588-A)

            10.2       1993 Stock Plan,  as amended  (incorporated  by reference
                       from the Company's Proxy Statement dated October 1, 1996)

            10.3       Stock option agreement dated October 11, 1993 between the
                       Registrant and Jeffrey Parker  (incorporated by reference
                       from   Exhibit    10.13   of    Registration    Statement
                       No.33-70588-A)

            10.4       Form of indemnification  agreement between the Registrant
                       and each of the directors and officers of the  Registrant
                       (incorporated   by  reference   from  Exhibit   10.15  of
                       Registration Statement No.33-70588-A)

            10.5       First  amendment to lease dated March 1, 1992 between the
                       Registrant and Jeffrey Parker and Barbara Parker for 8493
                       Baymeadows Way,  Jacksonville,  Florida  (incorporated by
                       reference  from  Exhibit  10.21 of Annual  Report on Form
                       10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1995)

            10.6       Second amendment to lease dated March 1, 1992 between the
                       Registrant and Jeffrey Parker and Barbara Parker for 8493
                       Baymeadows Way,  Jacksonville,  Florida  (incorporated by
                       reference  from Exhibit 10.1 of Quarterly  Report on Form
                       10-QSB for the quarterly period ended March 31, 1996)

            10.7       Consulting  agreement  between the  Registrant  and Whale
                       Securities  Co.,  L.P.  dated July 16,  1996,  as amended
                       (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 of Quarterly
                       Report on Form  10-QSB  for the  quarterly  period  ended
                       September 30, 1996)

            10.8       Third  amendment to lease dated March 1, 1992 between the
                       Registrant and Jeffrey Parker and Barbara Parker for 8493
                       Baymeadows Way,  Jacksonville,  Florida  (incorporated by
                       reference  from  Exhibit  10.19 of Annual  Report on Form
                       10-KSB for the period ended December 31, 1996)

            10.9       Employment  agreement  dated July 23,  1998  between  the
                       Registrant  and  Richard  L.  Sisisky   (incorporated  by
                       reference from Exhibit 10.4 of Registration Statement No.
                       333- 62497)

                                       48
<PAGE>

            10.10      Stock  option  agreement  (vesting)  dated July 23,  1998
                       between   the   Registrant   and   Richard   L.   Sisisky
                       (incorporated   by   reference   from   Exhibit  10.4  of
                       Registration Statement No. 333- 62497)

            10.11      Stock option agreement (acceleration) dated July 23, 1998
                       between   the   Registrant   and   Richard   L.   Sisisky
                       (incorporated   by   reference   from   Exhibit  10.4  of
                       Registration Statement No. 333- 62497)

            10.12      Subscription agreement dated December 1, 1998 between the
                       Registrant and Questar  InfoComm,  Inc.  (incorporated by
                       reference  from  Exhibit  10.12 of Annual  Report on Form
                       10-K for the period ended December 31, 1998)

            10.13      Asset Purchase  Agreement dated March 2, 2000 between the
                       Registrant  and  Signal  Technologies,  Inc.,  a  Florida
                       corporation*

            10.14      License  Agreement  between  the  Registrant  and  Symbol
                       Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation*

            23.1       Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP*

            23.2       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP*

            27.1       Financial data schedule*

            99.1       Risk Factors*

* Filed herewith

(B)  REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

On November 16, 1999,  the Company  filed a report on Form 8-K to report that it
had dismissed Arthur Andersen LLP as its independent  certified  accountants and
engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as its new independent certified accountants.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

In  accordance  with  Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange  Act,  the  registrant
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.

PARKERVISION, INC.
Date:    March 30, 2000                       By: /s/ Jeffrey L. Parker
                                                  ---------------------
                                              Jeffrey L. Parker
                                              Chief Executive Officer

In  accordance  with the Exchange  Act, this report has been signed below by the
following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Signature                                Title                                   Date
<S>                                <C>                                               <C>
By:  /s/ Jeffrey L. Parker         Chief Executive Officer and Chairman              March 30, 2000
     ------------------------      of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)
     Jeffrey L. Parker

By:  /s/ Richard L. Sisisky        President, Chief Operating Officer and            March 30, 2000
     ------------------------      Director
     Richard L. Sisisky

By:  /s/ David F. Sorrells         Chief Technical Officer and Director              March 30, 2000
     ------------------------
     David F. Sorrells

By:  /s/ Stacie Parker Wilf        Secretary, Treasurer and Director                 March 30, 2000
     ------------------------
     Stacie Parker Wilf

By:  /s/ Cynthia L. Poehlman       Controller and Chief Accounting                   March 30, 2000
     ------------------------      Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
     Cynthia L. Poehlman

By:  /s/ William A. Hightower      Director                                          March 30, 2000
     ------------------------
     William A. Hightower

By:  /s/ Todd Parker               Director                                          March 30, 2000
     ------------------------


By:  /s/ William L. Sammons        Director                                          March 30, 2000
     ------------------------
     William L. Sammons

By:  /s/ Robert G. Sterne          Director                                          March 30, 2000
     ------------------------
     Robert G. Sterne

By:  /s/ Arthur G. Yeager          Director                                          March 30, 2000
     ------------------------
     Arthur G. Yeager
</TABLE>

                                       50
<PAGE>

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                   SCHEDULE II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Balance at     Provision                   Balance at
  Valuation Allowance for          Beginning     Charged to                     End of
  Inventory Obsolescence           of Period       Expense      Write-Offs      Period
  ----------------------           ---------       -------      ----------      ------
<S>                                <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Year ended December 31, 1997       $409,868       $100,000      $ (92,816)     $417,052
Year ended December 31, 1998        417,052        210,000       (219,706)      407,346
Year ended December 31, 1999        407,346        240,000       (143,534)      503,812

<CAPTION>
                                   Balance at                                 Balance at
  Valuation Allowance for          Beginning                                    End of
        Income Taxes               of Period      Provision     Write-Offs      Period
        ------------               ---------      ---------     ----------      ------
<S>                               <C>            <C>             <C>        <C>
Year ended December 31, 1997      $4,027,813     $1,295,305      $      0   $ 5,323,118
Year ended December 31, 1998       5,323,118      2,522,765             0     7,845,883
Year ended December 31, 1999       7,845,883      4,236,628             0    12,082,511
</TABLE>

                                       51
<PAGE>

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

3.2       Amendment to Amended Articles of Incorporation dated March 6, 2000

10.13     Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated March 2, 2000 between the Registrant
          and Signal Technologies, Inc., a Florida corporation

10.14     License  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and Symbol  Technologies,
          Inc., a Delaware corporation

23.1      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

23.2      Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

27.1      Financial data schedule

99.1      Risk Factors

                                       52
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 3.2

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                    CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES
                     AND OTHER RIGHTS AND QUALIFICATIONS OF
                            SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK,
                            SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK,
                            SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK
                                       AND
                            SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

                       ----------------------------------

                         Pursuant to Section 1006 of the
                      Florida 1989 Business Corporation Law

                       ----------------------------------

     Pursuant to Section 607.1006 of the Florida 1989 Business  Corporation Act,
the Board of Directors of ParkerVision,  Inc.  ("Corporation") at a meeting held
on February 25, 2000,  have  approved and adopted this  Amendment to the Amended
Articles of  Incorporation to designate the rights and preferences of the Series
A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series
D Preferred Stock.

     FIRST: The name of the corporation is ParkerVision, Inc.

     SECOND:  The following  amendment to the Amended  Articles of Incorporation
was approved and adopted on February 25, 2000, as prescribed by Section 607.1006
of the Florida  1989  Business  Corporation  Act, by the board of directors at a
meeting without  shareholder  approval,  and approval by the shareholders of the
Corporation was not required.

     THIRD: This amendment is to be effective immediately upon filing.

     FOURTH:  Article IV of the Amended  Certificate of Incorporation is further
amended to add the following Sections 4.2 and 4.3 thereto, reading as follows:

SECTION 4.2.  Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred  Stock and Series C
Preferred Stock

     1.   DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT; STATED VALUE.

          (a) 6,795 shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation,  par value
$1.00 per share,  shall  constitute a class of  Preferred  Stock  designated  as
"Series A Preferred Stock" ("Series A Preferred Stock").

          (b) 13,678 shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value
$1.00 per share,  shall  constitute a class of  Preferred  Stock  designated  as
"Series B Preferred Stock."

          (c) 13,678 shares of the Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value
$1.00 per

                                       53
<PAGE>

share,  shall  constitute a class of  Preferred  Stock  designated  as "Series C
Preferred Stock."

          (d) The Series A Preferred Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock and Series
C  Preferred  Stock  shall  have a stated  value of $25.00  per  share  ("Stated
Value").

     2.   REDEMPTION  RIGHTS.  The Series A Preferred Stock,  Series B Preferred
Stock  and  Series C  Preferred  Stock  shall  not be  subject  to any  right of
redemption by the  Corporation or by the holder  thereof,  except as provided in
Subsection 6(g) of this Section 4.2.

     3.   DIVIDENDS. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred  Stock and  Series C  Preferred  Stock  shall not be  entitled  to any
dividends.

     4.   RIGHTS ON LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP, ETC. In the event of
any  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the
Corporation,  as a result of which the assets of the  Corporation,  whether from
capital,  surplus or earnings,  shall be distributed to the  stockholders of the
Corporation,  such  assets  shall  be  distributed  in the  following  order  of
priority.

          (i) The  holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred
          Stock and Series C Preferred  Stock and all other classes or series of
          any class of capital  stock which rank PARI PASSU  therewith  shall be
          entitled to receive prior to and in preference to any distributions to
          the  holders  of Junior  Securities  (as  hereinafter  defined in this
          section) an amount equal to the Stated Value,  pro rata among all such
          securities based on their relative  rights.  After the distribution of
          the Stated Value in respect of the Series A Preferred Stock,  Series B
          Preferred  Stock and Series C Preferred Stock and any other classes or
          series of any  capital  stock  which rank PARI  PASSU,  the  remaining
          assets of the Corporation,  if any, will be available for distribution
          to the holders of the Corporation holding Junior Securities.

          (ii) The Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series
          C Preferred Stock rank PARI PASSU with the Series D Preferred Stock.

          (iii) Junior  Securities means the Common Stock of the Corporation and
          any other security of the  Corporation  not designated as ranking PARI
          PASSU with the Series A Preferred Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock and
          Series C Preferred Stock.

          (iv) The  Corporation  may  issue  any class or series of any class of
          capital stock, other than Common Stock, which rank PARI PASSU with the
          A Preferred  Stock,  Series B  Preferred  Stock and Series C Preferred
          Stock  with  respect  to  rights on  liquidation,  and  winding  up or
          dissolution of the Corporation.

     5.   VOTING  RIGHTS.  The  holders of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  Series B
Preferred  Stock and Series C  Preferred  Stock shall not be entitled to vote on
any matter,  except as may be required by law. Any amendment to this Certificate
of Designations for the  modification,  deletion or addition of any terms of the
Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock
may be amended by a vote of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock,  Series
B Preferred  Stock or Series C Preferred  Stock,  as the case may be,  holding a
majority  of the  shares,  voting  as a single  class,  and only the vote of the
majority of the Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock or Series C
Preferred Stock, as the case may be,

                                       54
<PAGE>

shall be  entitled  to vote  thereon.  Each share of Series A  Preferred  Stock,
Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall have one vote on any
matter on which the series is entitled to vote.

     6.   CONVERSION RIGHTS.

          (a)  AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.

               (i) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically be
converted  on March 10,  2001  ("Series A Initial  Conversion  Date")  into that
number of shares of Common  Stock,  $.01 par value per share  ("Common  Stock"),
subject to adjustments as provided hereafter,  determined by dividing the Stated
Value by the Market  Value (as  hereafter  defined)  of a share of Common  Stock
("Conversion Rate"). If there has been a no Change of Control after the issuance
of the Series A Preferred Shares,  the Series A Initial  Conversion Date will be
delayed for ninety  (90) days  ("Series A Final  Conversion  Date") in the event
that less than five of the following  persons,  Gregory S.  Rawlins,  Michael M.
Arian,  Michael W. Rawlins,  Richard K. Dudney,  Dennis W. Butler, Jorge Medina,
Trong  D.  Nguyen,  Ahmad  Rabah  and  Diane  P.  Richie,  or  their  designated
replacements  approved by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation,  whose
approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  (together  the "Core Team") are
working for the Corporation on the Series A Initial  Conversion  Date. If on the
Series A Final  Conversion  Date the Core Team does not consist of at least five
persons  as above  provided,  then the Series A  Preferred  Stock will be not be
convertible and immediately canceled.

               (ii) Each share of Series B Preferred  Stock shall  automatically
be converted on March 10, 2002  ("Series B Initial  Conversion  Date") into that
number of shares of Common Stock,  subject to adjustments as provided hereafter,
determined by the Conversion  Rate. If there has been no Change of Control after
the issuance of the Series B Preferred  Stock,  the Series B Initial  Conversion
Date will be delayed for ninety (90) days ("Series B Final Conversion  Date") in
the event that less than five of the  following  persons,  Gregory  S.  Rawlins,
Michael M. Arian, Michael W. Rawlins, Richard K. Dudney, Dennis W. Butler, Jorge
Medina,  Trong D. Nguyen,  Ahmad Rabah and Diane P. Richie,  or their designated
replacements  approved by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation,  whose
approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  (together  the "Core Team") are
working for the Corporation on the Series B Initial  Conversion  Date. If on the
Series B Final  Conversion  Date the Core Team does not consist of at least five
persons  as above  provided,  then the Series B  Preferred  Stock will be not be
convertible and immediately canceled.

               (iii) Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall  automatically
be converted on March 10, 2003  ("Series C Initial  Conversion  Date") into that
number of shares of Common Stock,  subject to adjustments as provided hereafter,
determined by the Conversion  Rate. If there has been no Change of Control after
the issuance of the Series C Preferred  Stock,  the Series C Initial  Conversion
Date will be delayed for ninety (90) days ("Series C Final Conversion  Date") in
the event that less than five of the  following  persons,  Gregory  S.  Rawlins,
Michael M. Arian, Michael W. Rawlins, Richard K. Dudney, Dennis W. Butler, Jorge
Medina,  Trong D. Nguyen,  Ahmad Rabah and Diane P. Richie,  or their designated
replacements  approved by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation,  whose
approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  (together  the "Core Team") are
working for the Corporation on the Series C Initial  Conversion  Date. If on the
Series C Final  Conversion  Date the Core Team does not consist of at least five
persons  as above  provided,  then the Series C  Preferred  Stock will be not be
convertible and immediately canceled.

                                       55
<PAGE>

               (iv) The Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock and
Series C Preferred  Stock of a holder  ("Preferred  Stock  Holder")  will not be
convertible  and  will be  canceled  upon  termination  of the  Preferred  Stock
Holder's employment with the Corporation or its affiliates if the termination is
by reason of death or for "cause" or by reason of his  resignation  prior to the
conversion  of such shares.  On any other  termination  of the  Preferred  Stock
Holder's  employment  with  the  Corporation  or its  affiliates  the  Series  A
Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock of such
holder will  automatically  convert  into shares of Common  Stock on the date of
termination at the Conversion  Rate and in accordance  with Section 6(e) of this
Section 4.2.

          (b) DEFINITION OF CAUSE.  As used herein,  "cause" shall mean: (a) the
refusal  or  failure  by the  Preferred  Stock  Holder  to  carry  out  specific
directions  of the  his  direct  report  which  are  of a  material  nature  and
consistent with his employment  status, or the refusal or failure by an employee
to perform a material part of the employee's  duties;  (b) the commission by the
Preferred  Stock  Holder of a material  breach of any of the  provisions  of his
employment agreement with the Corporation;  (c) fraud or dishonest action by the
Preferred  Stock  Holder in his  relations  with the  Corporation  or any of its
subsidiaries  or  affiliates,  or with any  customer or business  contact of the
Corporation  or any of its  subsidiaries  or affiliates  ("dishonest"  for these
purposes shall mean the Preferred Stock Holder's  knowingly or recklessly making
of a material  misstatement  or  omission  for his  personal  benefit);  (d) the
conviction of the Preferred  Stock Holder of any crime involving an act of moral
turpitude;  or (e) in the event there is a Change of Control (as defined  below)
and the Preferred Stock is offered a similar  position with the acquiring entity
in the metropolitan area in which he is working immediately before the Change of
Control and the Preferred  Stock Holder rejects the offer.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  no "Cause" for termination  shall be deemed to exist with respect to
the Preferred Stock Holder's acts described in clauses (a) or (b) above,  unless
the  Corporation  shall have given written notice to the Preferred  Stock Holder
specifying the "Cause" with  reasonable  particularity  and, within ten calendar
days after such  notice,  the  Preferred  Stock  Holder  shall not have cured or
eliminated  the event or  behavior  giving  rise to such  "Cause"  or, if a cure
cannot reasonably be completed within ten days, the Preferred Stock Holder shall
not have commenced and shall not be diligently  pursing such cure, which, in any
event, is completed within 30 days after such notice; provided,  however, that a
repeated  breach  after  notice and cure of any  provision of clauses (a) or (b)
above  involving the same or  substantially  similar actions or conduct shall be
grounds for  termination  for "Cause"  without  any  additional  notice from the
Corporation.

          (c) DEFINITION OF CHANGE OF CONTROL. "Change of Control" shall mean:

               A) (i) any  "person"  or "group"  (within the meaning of Sections
13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (the
"Exchange  Act"))  becomes the  "beneficial  owner"  (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 under the Exchange  Act) of the Common Stock  having  thirty-five  percent
(35%)  or more of the  total  voting  power of all of the  Corporation's  voting
capital stock then  outstanding,  unless such person or group is or includes (a)
an individual  who, as of the date of this  certificate of  designations,  is an
executive officer of the Corporation and holds beneficial ownership in excess of
twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation, or
an Affiliate  or Associate  (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange
Act) of such  individual,  or (b) an  underwriter  who obtains such  thirty-five
percent (35%) interest in connection with a public offering;  (ii) the merger or
consolidation of the Corporation  other than one resulting in the  Corporation's
voting securities outstanding  immediately prior thereto continuing to represent
(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of
the surviving entity) at least sixty-five percent

                                       56
<PAGE>

(65%) of the combined  voting power of the voting  securities of the Corporation
and  such  surviving  entity  outstanding   immediately  after  such  merger  or
consolidation;  or (iii) the sale or other  disposition of all, or substantially
all, of the  Corporation's  assets,  or the approval of a plan of liquidation of
the  Corporation  other  than  a  sale  to an  entity  which  is  owned  by  the
shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportion as they own
the Company immediately prior to such sale, and

               B) the Preferred  Stock Holder is not offered a similar  position
with the acquiring entity in the same  metropolitan  area as the Preferred Stock
Holder is working immediately before the Change of Control.

          (d)  DEFINITION OF MARKET  VALUE.  Market Value shall mean the average
Closing  Bid Price (as  hereinafter  defined)  of the Common  Stock for the five
consecutive trading days ending immediately prior to the date of conversion. The
"Closing  Bid Price"  shall  mean the  closing  bid price for the  Corporation's
Common  Stock,  as reported by The Nasdaq  Stock  Market if the Common  Stock is
quoted on the Nasdaq  National  Market or Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market,  or the last
sales  price of the  Common  Stock if the  Common  Stock is listed on a national
securities  exchange,  whichever is the principal  trading market for the Common
Stock.  If the Common Stock is not listed on a national  securities  exchange or
quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or Nasdaq SmallCap Market, but is traded on
the  over-the-counter  market,  the Closing Bid Price shall mean the closing bid
price  for the  Common  Stock,  as  reported  by the OTC  Bulletin  Board or the
National   Quotation  Bureau,   Incorporated,   or  similar  publisher  of  such
quotations. If the Closing Bid Price cannot be determined pursuant to the above,
the  Closing  Bid Price  shall be such  price as the Board of  Directors  of the
Company shall determine in good faith.

          (e) MECHANICS OF CONVERSION.  The  conversion  shall be deemed to have
been made  immediately  prior to the close of business on the date of conversion
of the Series A Preferred Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred
Stock,  as the case may be, and the person or persons  entitled  to receive  the
Common Stock shall be treated for all  purposes as the record  holder or holders
of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. Upon conversion, the outstanding
Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock
will be deemed converted  without the necessity of surrender of the certificates
representing  the shares of such series,  and the certificate  representing  the
Common Stock to be received will be issued  promptly by the  Corporation  to the
holder  of record of the  series  being  converted  and sent to the  address  of
record.

          (f) FRACTIONAL  SHARES. The Corporation shall not be required to issue
fractions  of shares of Common Stock upon  conversion  of the Series A Preferred
Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock. If any fractions of
a share would, but for this Section, be issuable upon any conversion, in lieu of
such  fractional  share the Company  shall round up or down to the nearest whole
number of shares.

          (g) RESERVATION OF SHARES.  The Corporation shall reserve and shall at
all times have  reserved out of its  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Common
Stock  sufficient  shares of Common Stock to permit the  conversion  of the then
outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and
Series C Preferred  Stock.  All shares of Common  Stock which may be issued upon
conversion of shares of the Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock
or  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  shall  be  validly   issued,   fully  paid  and
non-assessable.

                                       57
<PAGE>

          (h) ANTI-DILUTIVE ADJUSTMENTS. If there is any consolidation or merger
to which the  Corporation  is a party  other than a  consolidation  or merger in
which the Corporation is the continuing corporation and which does not result in
any  reclassification of, or change in, outstanding shares of Common Stock, then
in  addition  to all of the  rights  granted  to the  holders  of the  Series  A
Preferred  Stock,  Series B  Preferred  Stock and  Series C  Preferred  Stock as
designated herein, the Corporation, or such successor or purchasing corporation,
as the case may be, shall,  as a condition  precedent to such  reclassification,
change, consolidation or merger ("Corporate Change"), provide in its certificate
of incorporation  or other charter  document that each outstanding  share of the
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock,
shall be  convertible  into the kind and amount of shares of  capital  stock and
other  securities and property  (including  cash) receivable upon such Corporate
Change by a holder of the  number of  shares of Common  Stock  deliverable  upon
conversion of such series  immediately prior to the Corporate Change. If, in the
case of any such Corporate  Change,  the stock or other  securities and property
(including  cash)  receivable  thereupon  by a holder of Common  Stock  includes
shares of capital stock or other securities and property of a corporation  other
than the corporation which is the successor of the Corporation in such Corporate
Change,  then the certificate of incorporation or other charter document of such
other corporation shall contain  additional  provisions to protect the interests
of the  holders of shares of  outstanding  Series A  Preferred  Stock,  Series B
Preferred  Stock or Series C  Preferred  Stock as the Board of  Directors  shall
reasonably  consider necessary by reason of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  in the event of a Corporate  Change,  the Board of  Directors at its
discretion may pay or arrange to pay the stated value of the outstanding  Series
A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock to the
holders thereof upon the  consummation of the Corporate  Change and upon payment
cancel  such  outstanding  shares.  The  provision  of this  Section  6(h) shall
similarly  apply to successive  reclassifications,  changes,  consolidations  or
mergers.

          (i)  CERTIFICATE  AS TO  ADJUSTMENTS.  Upon  the  occurrence  of  each
adjustment or  readjustment  of the kind of  securities  into which the Series A
Preferred  Stock,  Series B  Preferred  Stock or  Series  C  Preferred  Stock is
convertible,  the  Corporation,  at its  expense,  shall  promptly  compute such
adjustment or readjustment  and prepare and furnish to each holder a certificate
setting forth such  adjustment or  readjustment  and showing in detail the facts
upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

          (j) CANCELLATION. In the event any shares of Series A Preferred Stock,
Series B  Preferred  Stock or Series C  Preferred  Stock  shall be  canceled  or
converted pursuant to this Section 6 hereof, the shares so canceled or converted
shall be returned to the status of authorized  and unissued  shares of preferred
stock, without any class designation.

          (k)  IMPAIRMENT.  The  Corporation  will  not,  by  amendment  of  its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation,  but will at
all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions for the
Series A Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock
and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order
to  protect  the  conversion  rights  of  the  holders  of  such  stock  against
impairment.

          (l) NOTICES. Any notice to be given to the holders of shares of Series
A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock shall be
deemed given if

                                       58
<PAGE>

deposited in the United  States mail,  postage  prepaid,  and  addressed to each
holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this Corporation.

SECTION 4.3. SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

     1.  DESIGNATION  AND AMOUNT.  79,868 shares of the  Preferred  Stock of the
Corporation,  par value $1.00 per share,  shall  constitute a class of Preferred
Stock designated as "Series D Preferred Stock" ("Series D Preferred Stock"). The
Series D Preferred  Stock shall have a stated value of $25.00 per share ("Stated
Value").

     2.   REDEMPTION  RIGHTS.  The Series D Preferred Stock shall not be subject
to any right of redemption by the Corporation or by the holder  thereof,  except
as provided in Subsection 6(f) of this Section 4.3.

     3.   DIVIDENDS. The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not
be entitled to any dividends.

     4.   RIGHTS ON LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP, ETC. In the event of
any  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the
Corporation,  as a result of which the assets of the  Corporation,  whether from
capital,  surplus or earnings,  shall be distributed to the  stockholders of the
Corporation,  such  assets  shall  be  distributed  in the  following  order  of
priority.

          (i) The holders of the Series D Preferred  Stock and all other classes
          or series of any class of capital stock which rank PARI PASSU shall be
          entitled to receive,  prior and in preference to any  distributions to
          the holders of any Junior  Securities (as hereinafter  defined in this
          section) an amount equal to the Stated Value,  pro rata among all such
          securities based on their relative  rights.  After the distribution of
          the Stated  Value in respect of the Series D  Preferred  Stock and all
          other  classes or series of any class of capital stock which rank PARI
          PASSU,  the  remaining  assets  of the  Corporation,  if any,  will be
          available for  distribution to the holders of the Corporation  holding
          Junior Securities.

          (ii) The Series D  Preferred  Stock ranks PARI PASSU with the Series A
          Preferred  Stock,  Series B  Preferred  Stock and  Series C  Preferred
          Stock.

          (iii) Junior  Securities means the Common Stock of the Corporation and
          any other security of the  Corporation  not designated as ranking PARI
          PASSU with the Series D Preferred Stock.

          (iv) The  Corporation  may  issue  any class or series of any class of
          capital  stock,  other than Common Stock,  which ranks PARI PASSU with
          the Series D Preferred  Stock with  respect to rights on  liquidation,
          and winding up or dissolution of the Corporation.

     5.   VOTING  RIGHTS.  The holders of Series A Preferred  Stock shall not be
entitled to vote on any matter,  except as may be required by law. Any amendment
to this Certificate of Designations for the  modification,  deletion or addition
of any terms of the  Series D  Preferred  Stock may be  amended by a vote of the
holders of the Series D Preferred Stock holding a majority of the shares, voting
as a single class, and only the vote of the majority of the Series D

                                       59
<PAGE>

Preferred  Stock  shall be  entitled  to vote  thereon.  Each  share of Series D
Preferred  Stock  shall  have  one vote on any  matter  on  which  the  Series D
Preferred Stock is entitled to vote.

     6.   CONVERSION OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK.

          (a) RIGHT TO  CONVERT.  The  holders of the Series D  Preferred  Stock
shall have the right, at such holders' option, at any time or from time to time,
after March 10, 2001 to convert  each share of Series D  Preferred  Stock,  into
that  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value per share  ("Common
Stock"), subject to adjustments as provided hereafter, equal to the Stated Value
divided by the Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of a share of Common Stock.
("Conversion Rate").

          (b) AUTOMATIC CONVERSION. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall
automatically be converted at the Conversion Rate into shares of Common Stock on
March 10, 2002 ("Automatic Conversion Date").

          (c) MARKET  VALUE.  Market  Value shall mean the  average  Closing Bid
Price (as  hereinafter  defined)  of the Common  Stock for the five  consecutive
trading  days  ending  immediately  prior to the date of  notice  of  conversion
pursuant to Subsection (d) below or the Automatic  Conversion Date. The "Closing
Bid Price" shall mean the closing bid price for the Corporation's  Common Stock,
as  reported  by The Nasdaq  Stock  Market if the Common  Stock is quoted on the
Nasdaq National Market or Nasdaq SmallCap Market, or the last sales price of the
Common  Stock if the Common Stock is listed on a national  securities  exchange,
whichever is the principal  trading  market for the Common Stock.  If the Common
Stock is not listed on a national  securities  exchange  or quoted on the Nasdaq
National Market or Nasdaq SmallCap Market, but is traded on the over-the-counter
market,  the  Closing  Bid Price shall mean the closing bid price for the Common
Stock, as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board or the National  Quotation  Bureau,
Incorporated,  or similar publisher of such quotations. If the Closing Bid Price
cannot be determined  pursuant to the above, the Closing Bid Price shall be such
price as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith.

          (d) MECHANICS OF  CONVERSION.  Before any holder of Series D Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into Common Stock,  the holder shall
surrender the  certificate or  certificates  therefore,  duly  endorsed,  at the
office of the  Corporation  or of any transfer  agent for the Series D Preferred
Stock,  and shall  give  written  notice  to the  Corporation  at its  principal
corporate  office,  of the election to convert the same and shall state  therein
the name or names in which the certificate or certificates  for Common Stock are
to be issued.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable  thereafter,  issue
and  deliver to the holder of Series D  Preferred  Stock,  or to the  nominee or
nominees of such holder,  at the address indicated in the notice of conversion a
certificate  or  certificates  for the number of shares of Common Stock to which
the holder shall be entitled as  aforesaid.  The  conversion  shall be deemed to
have  been  made  immediately  prior  to the  close of  business  on the date of
surrender  of the shares of Series D Preferred  Stock to be  converted,  and the
person or persons  entitled to receive the Common Stock shall be treated for all
purposes as the record  holder or holders of such  shares of Common  Stock as of
such date. Upon the automatic  conversion,  the  outstanding  Series D Preferred
Stock will be deemed canceled or converted without the necessity of surrender of
the  certificates  representing  the Series D Preferred  Stock,  and the date of
surrender  will  be  deemed  to be the  date  of  automatic  conversion  and the
certificate  representing  the Common Stock to be received will be issued to the
holder of record of the  Series D  Preferred  Stock and sent to the  address  of
record.

                                       60
<PAGE>

          (e) FRACTIONAL  SHARES. The Corporation shall not be required to issue
fractions  of shares of Common Stock upon  conversion  of the Series D Preferred
Stock. If any fractions of a share would, but for this Section, be issuable upon
any conversion of Series D Preferred Stock, in lieu of such fractional share the
Company shall round up or down to the nearest whole number of shares.

          (f) RESERVATION OF SHARES.  The Corporation shall reserve and shall at
all times have  reserved out of its  authorized  but  unissued  shares of Common
Stock  sufficient  shares of Common Stock to permit the  conversion  of the then
outstanding  shares of the Series D Preferred  Stock. All shares of Common Stock
which may be issued upon  conversion  of shares of the Series D Preferred  Stock
shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

          (g) ANTI-DILUTIVE ADJUSTMENTS. If there is any consolidation or merger
to which the  Corporation  is a party  other than a  consolidation  or merger in
which the Corporation is the continuing corporation and which does not result in
any  reclassification of, or change in, outstanding shares of Common Stock, then
in  addition  to all of the  rights  granted  to the  holders  of the  Series  D
Preferred  Stock as designated  herein,  the  Corporation,  or such successor or
purchasing  corporation,  as the case may be, shall, as a condition precedent to
such  reclassification,  change,  consolidation or merger ("Corporate  Change"),
provide in its certificate of  incorporation or other charter document that each
share of the Series D  Preferred  Stock shall be  convertible  into the kind and
amount of shares of capital stock and other  securities and property  (including
cash)  receivable upon such Corporate Change by a holder of the number of shares
of Common Stock  deliverable  upon  conversion  of the Series D Preferred  Stock
thereon  immediately prior to the Corporate Change.  If, in the case of any such
Corporate  Change,  the stock or other securities and property  (including cash)
receivable  thereupon  by a holder of Common  Stock  includes  shares of capital
stock  or  other  securities  and  property  of a  corporation  other  than  the
corporation  which is the successor of the Corporation in such Corporate Change,
then the certificate of  incorporation  or other charter  document of such other
corporation shall contain additional  provisions to protect the interests of the
holders  of shares of the  Series D  Preferred  Stock as the Board of  Directors
shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in the event of a Corporate Change, the Board of Directors at its
discretion may pay or arrange to pay the stated value of the outstanding  Series
D Preferred Stock to the holders thereof upon the  consummation of the Corporate
Change and upon payment  cancel the Series D Preferred  Stock.  The provision of
this  Section  6(g)  shall  similarly  apply  to  successive  reclassifications,
changes, consolidations or mergers.

          (h)  CERTIFICATE  AS TO  ADJUSTMENTS.  Upon  the  occurrence  of  each
adjustment or  readjustment  of the kind of  securities  into which the Series D
Preferred Stock is convertible,  the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly
compute such adjustment or  readjustment  and prepare and furnish to each holder
of Series D Preferred  Stock a  certificate  setting  forth such  adjustment  or
readjustment  and  showing in detail the facts  upon  which such  adjustment  or
readjustment is based.

          (i) CANCELLATION.  In the event any shares of Series D Preferred Stock
shall be  converted  pursuant to this  Section 6 hereof,  the shares of Series D
Preferred  Stock so  converted  shall be canceled  and returned to the status of
authorized  and  unissued   shares  of  preferred   stock,   without  any  class
designation.

          (j)  IMPAIRMENT.  The  Corporation  will  not,  by  amendment  of  its
Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization,  transfer of assets,
consolidation,  merger,  dissolution,  issue or sale of  securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid

                                       61
<PAGE>

the  observance or  performance  of any of the terms to be observed or performed
hereunder by the Corporation,  but will at all times in good faith assist in the
carrying out of all the provisions of this  Certificate  of Designation  for the
Series  D  Preferred  Stock  and in the  taking  of all  such  action  as may be
necessary  or  appropriate  in order to  protect  the  conversion  rights of the
holders of the Series D Preferred Stock against impairment.

          (k) NOTICES OF RECORD  DATE.  If after the date the Series D Preferred
Stock is convertible  and prior to Automatic  Conversion  Date, the  Corporation
sets a record date of the holders of any class of securities  for the purpose of
determining  the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other
than a cash  dividend)  or  other  distribution,  any  right to  subscribe  for,
purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  shares of stock of any class or any other
securities or property,  or to receive any other right,  the  Corporation  shall
mail to each holder of Series D Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to
the Record Date, a notice  specifying the date on which any such record is to be
taken for the purpose of such dividend,  distribution  or right,  and the amount
and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

          (l) NOTICES. Any notice to be given to the holders of shares of Series
D Preferred  Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing
on the books of this Corporation.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we have executed this Certificate of Designation
this 6th day of March, 2000.

                                        PARKERVISION, INC.


                                        By:  /s/Jeffrey L. Parker
                                             --------------------
                                              Jeffrey L. Parker,
                                              Chairman of the Board


                                        By:  /s/ Stacie Parker Wilf
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Stacie Parker Wilf, Secretary

                                       62
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 10.13

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

              ----------------------------------------------------


                                  BY AND AMONG

                               PARKERVISION, INC.

                                       AND

                            SIGNAL TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                                       AND

                        GREGORY RAWLINS AND SUSAN RAWLINS

                            DATED AS OF MARCH 2, 2000

              ----------------------------------------------------

                                       63
<PAGE>

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

          ASSET  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT,  dated as of March 2,  2000,  by and among
GREGORY RAWLINS and SUSAN RAWLINS  (together  "Rawlins"),  SIGNAL  TECHNOLOGIES,
INC.,  a Florida  corporation  ("Seller"),  and  PARKERVISION,  INC.,  a Florida
corporation ("Purchaser").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              --------------------

          WHEREAS, Seller is engaged in the business of providing electronic and
wireless engineering  consulting services to various entities on a work for hire
basis; and

          WHEREAS,  Seller desires to sell to Purchaser and Purchaser desires to
purchase from Seller all the assets of the Seller used in its business, upon the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

          WHEREAS,  the  Rawlins  are the owners of all of the shares of capital
stock of Seller and  Gregory  Rawlins  has been the chief  executive  officer of
Seller; and

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the  mutual
agreements and covenants  hereinafter set forth,  Rawlins,  Seller and Purchaser
hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

     SECTION 1.1 CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS. As used in this Agreement, the following
terms shall have the following meanings:

          "ACTION"  means  any  claim,  action,  suit,   arbitration,   inquiry,
proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority.

          "AFFILIATE"  means,  with respect to any specified  Person,  any other
Person  that  directly,  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more  intermediaries,
controls,  is controlled  by or is under common  control  with,  such  specified
Person.

          "AFFILIATED  PARTY  TRANSACTION"  means any agreement,  arrangement or
transaction  with any of its  managers,  members  or with any  relative  of such
Person or any Affiliate of them.

          "AGREEMENT" or "THIS AGREEMENT"  means this Asset Purchase  Agreement,
dated as of March 2, 2000, among Rawlins, Seller and Purchaser (including all of
the Exhibits and Schedules hereto), and all amendments hereto made in accordance
with the provisions of Section 9.1(e).

          "BUSINESS  DAY" means any day that is not a Saturday,  Sunday or other
day on which banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in The City of
New York.

          "CODE"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as the same may be
amended from time to time.

                                       64
<PAGE>

          "CONTROL"  (including  the terms  "controlling",  "controlled  by" and
"under common control with"), with respect to the relationship  between or among
two or more Persons, means the possession,  directly or indirectly or as trustee
or  executor,  of the power to direct or cause the  direction  of the affairs or
management of a Person,  whether through the ownership of voting securities,  as
trustee or executor,  by contract or otherwise,  including,  without limitation,
the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a
majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such
Person.

          "DOLLARS"  and "$" means the lawful  currency of the United  States of
America.

          "ENCUMBRANCE(S)" means any security interest,  pledge,  mortgage, lien
(including,   without   limitation,   environmental  and  tax  liens),   charge,
encumbrance,   adverse  claim,  preferential  arrangement  with  a  creditor  or
restriction of any kind, including,  without limitation,  any restriction on the
use, voting, transfer,  receipt of income or other exercise of any attributes of
ownership.

          "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "GOVERNMENTAL  AUTHORITY"  means any United States  federal,  state or
local or any foreign  government,  governmental,  regulatory  or  administrative
authority,  agency or commission or any court, tribunal (mediation,  alternative
dispute resolution or otherwise) or judicial or arbitral body.

          "GOVERNMENTAL  ORDER"  means any order,  writ,  judgment,  injunction,
decree, stipulation,  determination or award entered by or with any Governmental
Authority.

          "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, (a) all indebtedness
of such  Person,  whether  or not  contingent,  for  borrowed  money  or for the
deferred  purchase price of property or services,  except trade accounts payable
and accrued  liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business,  (b) all
obligations  of such  Person  evidenced  by notes,  bonds,  debentures  or other
similar  instruments,   (c)  all  indebtedness  created  or  arising  under  any
conditional  sale or other title  retention  agreement  with respect to property
acquired by such Person  (even  though the rights and  remedies of the seller or
lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to  repossession
or sale of such  property),  (d) all  obligations of such Person as lessee under
leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital
leases,  (e) all  obligations,  contingent  or  otherwise,  of such Person under
letters of credit,  guaranties  or similar  facilities  or  agreements,  (f) all
obligations  of such Person to purchase,  redeem,  retire,  defease or otherwise
acquire for value any capital  stock of such Person or any  warrants,  rights or
options to acquire such capital stock, and (g) all  indebtedness  referred to in
clauses (a) through (e) above secured by any Encumbrance on property (including,
without  limitation,  accounts and contract  rights) owned by such Person,  even
though  such  Person has not  assumed or become  liable for the  payment of such
Indebtedness.

          "INTELLECTUAL   PROPERTY"  means  (a)   inventions,   whether  or  not
patentable,  (b)  national  (including  the  United  States)  and  multinational
statutory  invention  registrations,  patents,  patent  registrations and patent
applications  and all rights  therein  provided  by  international  treaties  or
conventions  and all  improvements  to the  inventions  disclosed  in each  such
registration, patent or application, (c) trademarks, service marks, trade dress,
logos, trade names, brand names and corporate names,  whether or not registered,
including  all  common  law  rights,  and  registrations  and  applications  for
registration   thereof,  and  the  goodwill  of  Seller  relating  thereto;  (d)
copyrights (registered or otherwise) and registrations and applications for

                                       65
<PAGE>

registration  thereof,  (e) computer software,  including,  without  limitation,
source codes,  operating systems and  specifications,  data,  databases,  files,
documentation  and  other  materials  related  thereto,  (f) trade  secrets  and
confidential,   technical   and  business   information,   (g)  whether  or  not
confidential,  technology  (including  know-how),  manufacturing  and production
processes and techniques, procedures and processes owned by Seller, research and
development  information,  financial,  marketing and business data,  pricing and
cost  information,  business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists
and information,  (h) trade secrets of Seller, (i) ASIC design cells, (j) copies
and  tangible  embodiments  of all the  foregoing,  (k) all rights to obtain and
rights to apply for patents,  and to register  trademarks  and copyrights and to
register  domain names,  (l) all rights to sue or recover and retain damages and
costs  and  attorneys'  fees for  present  and past  infringement  of any of the
foregoing,  in each case used primarily in, or relating to, the operation of the
business  of  Seller,  and (m)  domain  names  and URL's of or  relating  to the
Company, but not the names "Signal Technologies,  Inc.," "STI" and variations of
these names.

          "IRS" means the Internal  Revenue  Service of the United States or any
successor agency.

          "LAW"  means  any  federal,  state,  local or  foreign  statute,  law,
ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, other requirement or rule of law.

          "LIABILITIES"  means any and all debts  (including all  Indebtedness),
liabilities and obligations,  whether accrued or fixed,  absolute or contingent,
matured  or  unmatured  or  determined  or  determinable,   including,   without
limitation,  those arising under any Law, Action or Governmental Order and those
arising under any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or undertaking.

          "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any circumstance, change in, or effect
on the Acquired  Assets or Seller that,  individually or together with any other
circumstances:  (a) is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially adverse to the
business,  results of  operations,  business or financial  prospects,  condition
(financial  or  otherwise),  employee  relationships  or  customer  or  supplier
relationships of Seller or its operations, the Acquired Assets or Liabilities.

          "PERMITTED  ENCUMBRANCES"  means imperfections or exceptions to title,
if any, as do not, and could not reasonably be expected to,  individually  or in
the aggregate,  materially  diminish the value of any material  Acquired  Asset,
materially  interfere with the  alienability,  financeability,  ownership,  use,
occupancy or operation of any such property,  or materially  impair or interfere
with the operations of the business of Seller.

          "PERSON" means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, limited
liability  company,  association,  trust,  unincorporated  organization or other
entity,  as well as any syndicate or group that would be deemed to be a "person"
under Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "RECEIVABLES" means any and all accounts  receivable,  notes and other
accounts  receivable  by Seller or  Affiliates  from  third  parties,  billed or
unbilled  arising  exclusively from the conduct of the business of Seller before
the Closing Date.

          "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                                       66
<PAGE>

          "SEC REPORTS" means those reports filed by the Purchaser in compliance
with the Exchange Act,  including,  but not limited to, Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K
and proxy statement.

          "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "SELLER'S  TRANSACTION  COSTS" shall mean costs and  expenses  paid or
accrued  to  third  parties  by  Seller  in  connection  with  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

          "TAX" or "TAXES" means  federal,  state,  local or foreign (A) any and
all taxes, fees, levies, duties, tariffs, imposts, and other charges of any kind
(together  with any and all  interest,  penalties,  additions to and  additional
amounts  imposed  with  respect  thereto)  imposed by any  government  or taxing
authority,  including,  without  limitation:  taxes or other  charges on or with
respect  to income,  franchises,  windfall  or other  profits,  gross  receipts,
property,  sales,  use,  capital stock,  payroll,  employment,  social security,
disability, workers' compensation, unemployment compensation, natural resources,
occupation  or net  worth;  taxes or other  charges  in the  nature  of  excise,
withholding,  ad valorem, stamp, transfer,  value added,  alternative minimum or
gains  taxes or other  tax of any kind  whatsoever;  license,  registration  and
documentation  fees, and customs  duties,  tariffs,  and similar charges and (B)
liability  of Seller for the  payment of any  amounts of the type  described  in
clause (A) as a result of any  express or implied  obligation  to  indemnify  or
otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other person.

          "TAX RETURNS" means returns, declarations, reports, claims for refund,
information  returns or other  documents  (including  any related or  supporting
schedules,  statements  or  information)  filed  or  required  to  be  filed  in
connection  with the  determination,  assessment  or  collection of Taxes of any
party  or  the  administration  of  any  laws,   regulations  or  administrative
requirements relating to any Taxes.

          "TRANSACTION COSTS" means the costs of Seller's attorneys, accountants
and other agents  employed by Seller in connection  with this  Agreement and the
Transaction Documents.

          "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement and the other agreements,
certificates,  documents  and  instruments  executed and delivered by a party in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                PURCHASE AND SALE
                                -----------------

     SECTION 2.1 PURCHASE AND SALE OF ACQUIRED ASSETS; EXCLUDED ASSETS.

          (a) PURCHASE AND SALE OF ACQUIRED ASSETS. Except as otherwise provided
in Section 2.1(b), pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
in this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller shall sell, assign,  transfer,  convey
and deliver to Purchaser  and Purchaser  shall  purchase and accept from Seller,
all of Seller's  right,  title and interest in, to the following  assets as they
exist at the Closing Date  (collectively the "Acquired Assets") used in or being
part of the business of the Seller:

               (i) all items of Seller's tangible personal property set forth on
SCHEDULE 2.1(A)(I) (collectively "Tangible Personal Property");

               (ii)  Intellectual  Property  of  Seller  set  forth on  SCHEDULE
2.1(A)(II);

                                       67
<PAGE>

               (iii) accounts receivable of Seller from Purchaser ("ParkerVision
Accounts Receivable");

               (iv) all  prepaid  expenses  and  deposits of Seller set forth on
SCHEDULE 2.1(A)(IV) (collectively "Prepaid Expenses");

               (v) all  contracts  relating to the Tangible  Personal  Property,
Intellectual  Property,  ParkerVision  Accounts and Prepaid Expenses  ("Assigned
Contracts") set forth on SCHEDULE 2.1(A)(V);

               (vi) all general,  financial and other records, computer software
programs  and data bases  (including  source  codes),  correspondence  and other
files,  operating  data,  and  documents of Seller  relating to or used with the
Tangible  Personal  Property,   Intellectual  Property,   ParkerVision  Accounts
Receivable, and Prepaid Expenses;

               (vii) all claims,  warranty rights, causes of action,  chooses in
action,  rights  of  recovery  and  rights  of  set-off  of  Seller  of any kind
pertaining  to or arising out of the Tangible  Personal  Property,  Intellectual
Property, ParkerVision Accounts Receivable and Prepaid Expenses; and;

               (viii) all rights to goods and  services  and all other  economic
benefits arising out of prepayments,  payments in advance and deposits by Seller
to the extent related to the Tangible Personal Property,  Intellectual Property,
ParkerVision  Accounts  Receivable  and Prepaid  Expenses but excluding  prepaid
taxes;

          (b)  EXCLUDED  ASSETS.   Notwithstanding   anything  to  the  contrary
contained in Section 2.1(a),  it is expressly  understood and agreed that all of
Seller's  right,  title  and  interest  as of  the  Closing  Date  in and to the
following  properties  and  assets  (the  "Excluded  Assets")  are  specifically
excepted from the Acquired  Assets to be  transferred  to Purchaser  pursuant to
Section 2.1(a):

               (i)  Seller's  right,  title and  interest in the  contracts  and
accounts receivable identified on SCHEDULE 2.1(B)(I) (the "Excluded Contracts");

               (ii)  all  cash  and  cash   equivalents   or  similar  types  of
investments,   such  as  certificates  of  deposit,  Treasury  bills  and  other
marketable securities;

               (iii) all owned or leased real property of Seller,  including all
buildings, structures and other improvements situated thereon;

               (iv) all insurance policies of Seller and all rights of Seller of
every nature and description under or arising out of such insurance policies;

               (v) real  estate  prepaid  rent  amounts  and real  estate  lease
deposits not specifically included on Schedule 2.1(a)(iv); and

               (vi) the other assets listed on SCHEDULE 2.1(B)(VI).

                                       68
<PAGE>

SECTION 2.2 ASSUMED LIABILITIES; EXCLUDED LIABILITIES.

          (a)  LIABILITIES  ASSUMED BY  PURCHASER.  Purchaser  shall  undertake,
assume,  perform and otherwise pay,  satisfy and  discharge,  only the following
Liabilities and obligations of Seller (collectively, the "Assumed Liabilities"):

               (i) all debts,  obligations and liabilities of Seller which arise
on account of  Purchaser's  ownership  or use of the  Acquired  Assets after the
Closing Date.

          (b)  EXCLUDED   LIABILITIES.   Except  for  the  Assumed  Liabilities,
Purchaser  shall not assume or otherwise  become liable for any  Liabilities  or
obligations  of  Seller,  whether or not  arising  out of the  operation  of the
business of Seller  (collectively,  the  "Excluded  Liabilities"),  all of which
shall be retained by Seller.  The Excluded  Liabilities  shall include,  without
limitation:

               (i) any Indebtedness of Seller;

               (ii) any  Liability of Seller for any Taxes,  including any sales
or other Taxes arising in connection with the  consummation of the  transactions
contemplated hereby;

               (iii) any Liability of Seller for Seller's Transaction Costs;

               (iv) any  Liability  of Seller  resulting  from,  arising out of,
relating  to, in the nature of, or caused  by, any breach of  warranty,  product
liability,  breach of contract,  or tort  arising or resulting  from any actions
taken by Seller at any time,  including  without  limitation (A)  Liabilities or
obligations  arising  with  respect  to work  performed  by Seller  prior to the
Closing Date, (B) Liabilities  arising in connection with Seller's employment or
termination  of employment  of any employee or  consultant  prior to the Closing
Date (including,  without  limitation,  severance  payments,  bonuses,  deferred
compensation  or  commissions  due to  employees  and  consultants)  and (C) any
Liabilities  or obligations  arising under the Excluded  Assets or in connection
with the termination thereof or any dispute thereunder;

               (v) any  Liability  of Seller  resulting  from,  arising  out of,
relating  to, in the nature of, or caused by any  infringement  or  violation of
Law;

               (vi) any obligations of Seller  pursuant to any Affiliated  Party
Transaction; and

               (vii) any  obligation of Seller to indemnify any Person by reason
of the fact such Person was a director,  officer, employee or agent of Seller or
was serving at the request of Seller as a director,  officer,  employee or agent
of another  Person  (whether  such  indemnification  is pursuant to any statute,
charter, bylaw, agreement or otherwise).

     SECTION 2.3 PURCHASE PRICE.

          (a) PURCHASE  PRICE. In  consideration  for the Acquired  Assets,  and
subject to the terms and conditions of this  Agreement,  Purchaser  shall on the
Closing Date (i) assume the Assumed  Liabilities as provided in Section  2.1(a),
and (ii) issue to the Seller  79,868  shares of the Series D Preferred  Stock of
the  Purchaser,  (together the "Purchase  Price") with the terms as set forth in
the  Certificate  of  Designations  attached  hereto as EXHIBIT A, which will be
convertible  into  shares  of  Common  Stock of the  Purchaser  on or after  the
one-year anniversary

                                       69
<PAGE>

of the Closing Date having a fair market value as determined in the terms of the
Series D  Preferred  Stock  equivalent  to  $1,996,700  ("Preferred  Stock  Cash
Value").

          (b) ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PRICE.  Purchaser and Seller agree that the
Purchase   Price  payable  by  Purchaser   for  the  Acquired   Assets  and  the
non-competition  agreement set forth in Section 5.7 of this  Agreement  shall be
allocated as required by Section  1060 of the Code and the Treasury  regulations
promulgated  thereunder.  Such allocation  shall be $496,700.00 for goodwill and
intellectual   property,   $1,200,000.00   for  assets,   and   $300,000.00  for
non-competition.  All Tax Returns and reports filed by Purchaser and Seller with
respect to the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement shall be consistent
with the allocation determined in accordance herewith.

          (c)  ADJUSTMENTS.

               (i) If upon the sale of the underlying  shares of Common Stock of
               the Series D Preferred Stock within ten (10) business days of the
               date of conversion of the Series D Preferred  Stock,  Seller does
               not  realize  at  least  the  Stated  Value  (as  defined  in the
               Certificate  of  Designations)  of the  entire  class of Series D
               Preferred Stock, Purchaser will pay in cash or by check to Seller
               the difference  between the aggregate  Stated Value of the entire
               class of Series D  Preferred  Stock less (a) the stated  value of
               any Series D Preferred  Stock  relating  to the Common  Stock not
               sold by the Seller by the close of business on such tenth day and
               (b) the aggregate  dollar amount realized by Seller from the sale
               of any  Common  Stock  received  on  conversion  of the  Series D
               Preferred Stock sold prior to the close of business on such tenth
               day. If upon the sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock of
               the Series D Preferred Stock within ten (10) business days of the
               date of  conversion  of the  Series  D  Preferred  Stock,  Seller
               receives  aggregate net proceeds in excess of the Stated Value of
               the entire class of Series D Preferred Stock,  Seller will pay to
               the  Purchaser  the  difference  between the Stated  Value of the
               Series D Preferred  Stock and the aggregate  net proceeds  within
               five  business  days after the receipt of the  proceeds  from the
               sale of any Common Stock  received on  conversion of the Series D
               Preferred  Stock.  The above ten day  period may be  extended  by
               written agreement between the Seller and Purchaser.

               (ii) Nothwithstanding  subparagraph 2.3(c)(i) above, if Seller is
               unable to sell the Class D Preferred Stock and the Purchaser does
               not pay the amount  specified in  subparagraph  2.3(c)(i)  above,
               then the Seller will not be  obligated  to repay any sum due from
               Gregory Rawlins to the Purchaser under his Employment Agreement.

               (iii) The provision of 2.3(c)(iii) shall survive the closing.

     SECTION 2.4 CLOSING. Upon the terms and subject to all of the conditions of
this  Agreement,  the sale and purchase of the Acquired  Assets  contemplated by
this Agreement  shall take place at a closing (the  "Closing") to be held at the
offices of the  Company,  at 10:00 a.m. on the date which is three (3)  Business
Days after the  satisfaction  of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 hereof,
or at such other place or at such other time or on such other date as

                                       70
<PAGE>

Purchaser  and Seller may  mutually  agree upon in writing (the day on which the
Closing takes place being the "Closing Date").

     SECTION 2.5 CLOSING DELIVERIES BY SELLER. At or before the Closing,  Seller
shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser:

          (a) an original  counterpart,  duly  executed by Seller,  of a bill of
sale ("Bill of Sale"), substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B, and sufficient to
transfer to Purchaser  valid and marketable  title to all the Tangible  Personal
Property included in the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances;

          (b) an original counterpart,  duly executed by Seller, of an agreement
in the form attached as EXHIBIT C hereto ("Assignment and Assumption Agreement")
by which Seller  transfers to Purchaser all of Seller's  rights and interests to
the  other  property  or  interests  included  in the  Acquired  Assets  and not
transferred  under  the Bill of Sale,  free and clear of all  Encumbrances,  and
Purchaser assumes the Assumed  Liabilities and an agreement in the form attached
as  EXHIBIT  D hereto  ("Intellectual  Property  Assignment")  by  which  Seller
transfers to Purchaser all of Sellers  rights and interests to the  Intellectual
Property;

          (c)  evidence  of payment and  discharge  of the  NationsBank  Loan by
Seller and release of the security interest of NationsBank, N.A. in the Acquired
Assets;

          (d) in form  acceptable  for recording,  assignments  of  Intellectual
Property; and

          (e) all  other  Transaction  Documents  required  to be  executed  and
delivered by Seller hereunder.

     SECTION 2.6 CLOSING  DELIVERIES  BY  PURCHASER.  At the Closing,  Purchaser
shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller:

          (a) 79,868  shares of the Series D Preferred  Stock to be delivered at
Closing to Seller;

          (b) an  original  counterpart,  duly  executed  by  Purchaser,  of the
Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

          (c) certified copy of the  Certificate of Designations of the Series D
Preferred  Stock as filed and accepted by the  Secretary of State of Florida and
in effect; and

          (d) all  other  Transaction  Documents  required  to be  executed  and
delivered by Purchaser hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE III
              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND RAWLINS
              ----------------------------------------------------

     As an  inducement  to  Purchaser to enter into this  Agreement,  Seller and
Rawlins  hereby,  jointly and  severally,  represent and warrant to Purchaser as
follows:

                                       71
<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.1  ORGANIZATION;  AUTHORITY,  ETC.  Seller (i) is a company  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Florida,  (ii) has all the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease
and operate its  properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being
conducted  and (iii) has all  necessary  corporate  power and authority to enter
into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to perform its obligations
as contemplated  hereunder and thereunder.  All action  necessary to be taken by
Seller to authorize the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement
and all other  Transaction  Documents  delivered  and to be  delivered  by it in
connection herewith has been duly and validly taken. This Agreement  constitutes
the  valid  and  binding  obligation  of  Seller  and  Rawlins,  enforceable  in
accordance  with  its  terms,   except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by
bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  and  other  similar  laws
relating to or affecting  creditors  rights  generally  or by general  equitable
principles  (regardless  of  whether  such  enforceability  is  considered  in a
proceeding in equity or at law).

     SECTION  3.2 NO  CONFLICTS;  NO  VIOLATION.  The  execution,  delivery  and
performance  of this  Agreement  and the  Transaction  Documents  by Seller  and
Rawlins and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
do not and will not (i) violate or result in any default  under any provision of
the Certificate of Incorporation of By-Laws of Seller, (ii) violate or result in
any  default  under or give  rise to any  right of  termination,  revocation  or
modification  of any  indenture,  license or other  agreement to which either of
them is a party or  (iii)  violate  or  result  in any  default  under  any law,
regulation,  order, writ, judgment or decree applicable to either of them or any
of the Acquired  Assets or by which the ability of either of them to  consummate
the  transactions to be consummated by it hereunder would be adversely  affected
as a  consequence  of such  violation or default  (except in the case of clauses
(ii) and (iii),  for such  violations,  defaults,  terminations,  revocations or
modifications,  as the case may be,  which  would  not have a  Material  Adverse
Effect). Except as described on SCHEDULE 3.2, the execution and delivery of this
Agreement  and the  Transaction  Documents by Seller and Rawlins do not and will
not, and the performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the
consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby by them will
not, require any consent, approval,  authorization or other action by, or filing
with or notification to, any Governmental Authority or other third party (except
for such consents, approvals, authorizations, actions, filings or notifications,
the absence of which or the result of which,  as the case may be, would not have
a  Material  Adverse  Effect).  Seller  is not in  violation  of any term of its
Certificate  of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or the  provisions  of any  mortgage,
indenture,  contract, agreement,  instrument,  judgment, decree, order, statute,
rule or  regulation  or writ or  decree  of any  court,  governmental  agency or
instrumentality  to  which  it or any of  the  Acquired  Assets  is  subject,  a
violation  of which  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on its  ability to
perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 3.3 BOOKS AND RECORDS AND  OPERATING  DATA. To the best of Seller's
and  Rawlins'  knowledge,  the books of account and other  financial  records of
Seller (i) reflect  all  material  items of income and expense and all  material
assets and Liabilities of Seller, (ii) are in all material respects complete and
correct and do not contain or reflect any material inaccuracies or discrepancies
and (iii) have been  maintained in accordance  with good business and accounting
practices in all material respects.

     SECTION 3.4  LITIGATION.  To Seller's or Rawlins'  knowledge,  there are no
Actions by any Person pending before any Governmental Authority or, , threatened
in writing to be brought by or before any Governmental Authority relating to the
Acquired  Assets  or  which  could  hinder,  prevent  or  materially  delay  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement. To Seller's or
Rawlins' knowledge, Seller is not subject to any Governmental Order

                                       72
<PAGE>

relating  to or  affecting  the  Acquired  Assets or  Seller,  nor,  is any such
Governmental  Order  threatened  in writing  to be  imposed by any  Governmental
Authority.

     SECTION 3.5  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAWS.  Seller has  conducted and continues to
conduct  the  business  of Seller in  accordance  with all  applicable  Laws and
Governmental  Orders,  and  Seller  is  not in  violation  of  any  such  Law or
Governmental  Order,  except  where the  failure  to  conduct  its  business  in
accordance  with, or where the violation of, such Laws and  Governmental  Orders
would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

     SECTION 3.6 MATERIAL  CONTRACTS.  The  material  contracts  and  agreements
(including,  without limitation, oral and informal arrangements) to which Seller
is a party with respect to Seller or the Acquired  Assets are otherwise  subject
(such  contracts  and  agreements  being  "Material  Contracts")  are  listed in
SCHEDULE 3.6 and true and complete  copies of each of which have been heretofore
provided  to  Purchaser.  Each  Material  Contract:  (i) is valid and binding on
Seller and, to Seller's or Rawlins'  knowledge,  on the other respective parties
thereto  and is in full  force  and  effect  and (ii) upon  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement,  shall continue in full force and
effect  without  penalty or other  adverse  consequence.  Seller is not,  and to
Seller's or Rawlins' knowledge no other party thereto is, in material breach of,
or material  default under, any Material  Contract.  Neither party to a Material
Contract  has given  notice  to the other of  termination  of such  contract  or
asserted or threatened  to assert any claims with respect to any such  contract.
No other party to a Material  Contract has prepaid any amount for work which has
not been performed.

     SECTION 3.7 INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  The Intellectual Property described in
SCHEDULE  2.1(A)(II)  constitutes all the Intellectual  Property (both owned and
licensed)  being sold under this Agreement to Purchaser.  Except as set forth on
SCHEDULE 3.7, to the best of Seller's and Rawlins'  knowledge,  Seller has clear
record  title to or a  presumably  valid or  subsisting  license to use all such
Intellectual  Property  being  sold  under this  Agreement,  has not  granted an
exclusive  license  to use such  Intellectual  Property  being  sold  under this
Agreement  to any  third  party,  does not know of any third  party  that may be
infringing on such  Intellectual  Property being sold under this Agreement,  has
not had asserted against it any claim for infringement of any trademark, service
mark, or trade name of another  Person,  and is not  infringing  any  trademark,
service mark or trade name of another Person.

     SECTION 3.8 OWNERSHIP OF ACQUIRED ASSETS.

          (a) Seller owns, leases or has the legal right to use all the Acquired
Assets  (other than the  Intellectual  Property),  and, with respect to contract
rights related to the Acquired Assets, is a party to and enjoys the right to the
benefits of all contracts,  agreements and other  arrangements.  Seller has good
and  marketable  title  to all  the  Acquired  Assets,  free  and  clear  of all
Encumbrances,  except for Permitted  Encumbrances,  which are listed on SCHEDULE
3.8(A) hereto and the Intellectual Property.

          (b) Seller has caused the Acquired Assets to be maintained,  including
maintaining  the value or  benefits  to Seller of any  intangible  property,  in
accordance  with good business  practice and, if  applicable,  in good operating
condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

          (c) Following the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement,  Purchaser will own,  pursuant to good and marketable  title, or
otherwise  retain  Seller's  respective  interest in the Acquired Assets without
incurring any penalty or other adverse

                                       73
<PAGE>

consequence,  including,  without  limitation,  any  increase in  royalties,  or
licenses or other fees imposed as a result of, or arising from, the consummation
of the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement except as maybe required as
per existing license agreements of items on SCHEDULE 3.8(A)

     SECTION  3.9 TAXES.  All Taxes  payable by Seller and by any other  person,
firm or corporation which will or may be liabilities of Seller,  for all periods
ending on or before the  Closing  Date have been paid in full or have been fully
and specifically reserved. Seller has timely filed all federal, state, local and
foreign Tax Returns required to have been filed by it to the Closing Date. There
are no Actions now  threatened  or pending  against  Seller in respect of Taxes,
governmental charges or assessments.

     SECTION 3.10 BROKERS. No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to
any  brokerage,  finder's fee or other fee or commission in connection  with the
purchase of the Acquired Assets contemplated by this Agreement.

     SECTION  3.11  NO  OTHER  ARRANGEMENTS.  The  Seller  has  no  other  legal
obligation,  absolute  or  contingent,  to any  other  person or firm to sell or
effect a sale of any or all of the Acquired Assets.

     SECTION 3.12 PRIVATE PLACEMENT.

          (a) Seller  understands  that the  issuance  of the Series D Preferred
Stock is  intended  to be exempt  from  registration  under the  Securities  Act
pursuant  to  Section  4(2)  of the  Securities  Act and  any  applicable  state
securities or blue sky laws.

          (b) The Series D Preferred  Stock to be acquired by Seller pursuant to
this  Agreement is being  acquired for its own account and without a view to the
resale or distribution  of the Series D Preferred Stock or any interest  therein
other than in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

          (c) Seller and its  Control  Persons  have  sufficient  knowledge  and
experience in financial  and business  matters so as to be capable of evaluating
the  merits and risks of its  investment  in the  Series D  Preferred  Stock and
Seller and its Control Persons are capable of bearing the economic risks of such
investment,  including  a  complete  loss  of its  investment  in the  Series  D
Preferred  Stock.  Seller and its Control Persons  understand  that  Purchaser's
investment in the Securities involves a high degree of risk.

          (d)  Seller  has been  furnished  with and the  Control  Persons  have
carefully read a copy of the Form 10-K, each of the Form 10-Qs, the Form 8-K and
proxy  statement  comprising  of the SEC Reports filed since January 1, 1999 and
this  Agreement  and has been given the  opportunity  to ask  questions  of, and
receive  answers from,  the Issuer  concerning  the terms and  conditions of the
Series D Preferred Stock and other related matters. Purchaser has made available
to Seller or its agents all documents and information  relating to an investment
in the Series D Preferred Stock requested by or on behalf of such Purchaser.

          (e)  Seller  and its  Control  Persons  understand  that the  Series D
Preferred Stock have not been and are not being  registered under the Securities
Act or any state  securities  laws,  and may not be  offered,  sold,  pledged or
otherwise   transferred  except  in  compliance  with  the  Securities  Act  and
applicable state securities laws.

                                       74
<PAGE>

          (f) Seller  understands that the Series D Preferred Stock shall bear a
restrictive  legend  limiting  the   transferrability   of  the  securities  and
underlying Common Stock on conversion.

          (g) Seller's principal place of business is in the State of Florida.

     SECTION 3.13 FULL DISCLOSURE.  No  representation  or warranty of Seller in
this Agreement, nor any statement or certificate furnished or to be furnished to
Purchaser  pursuant to this Agreement,  or in connection  with the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of
a material  fact,  or omits or will omit to state a material  fact  necessary to
make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.

     SECTION  3.14  BULK  SALES  LAWS.  The sale of the  Acquired  Assets is not
subject to the bulk sales laws of the State of Florida.

                                   ARTICLE IV
             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER AND PARENT
             ------------------------------------------------------

     As an  inducement  to  Seller  to  enter  into  this  Agreement,  Purchaser
represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

     SECTION 4.1 ORGANIZATION;  AUTHORITY,  ETC.  Purchaser (i) is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
State of Florida,  (ii) has all the requisite  corporate  power and authority to
own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as
now being  conducted  and (iii) has all  necessary  power and authority to enter
into this Agreement and the Transaction  Documents to which it is a party and to
perform its  obligations as contemplated  hereunder and  thereunder.  All action
necessary  to be taken by Purchaser to  authorize  the  execution,  delivery and
performance of this Agreement and all other Transaction  Documents delivered and
to be delivered by  Purchaser in  connection  herewith has been duly and validly
taken. This Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Purchaser,
enforceable  in  accordance  with its  terms,  except as  enforceability  may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium and other similar
laws relating to or affecting creditors rights generally or by general equitable
principles  (regardless  of  whether  such  enforceability  is  considered  in a
proceeding in equity or at law).

     SECTION  4.2 NO  CONFLICTS;  NO  VIOLATION.  The  execution,  delivery  and
performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by Purchaser and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will
not (i) violate or result in any default under any provision of its  Certificate
of Incorporation or By-Laws, (ii) violate or result in any default under or give
rise to any right of  termination,  revocation or modification of any indenture,
license or other  agreement to which  Purchaser is a party,  or (iii) violate or
result in any default under any law, regulation, order, writ, judgment or decree
applicable to Purchaser or by which the ability of Purchaser to  consummate  the
transactions  to be  consummated  hereunder  would be  adversely  affected  as a
consequence of such violation or default (except in the case of clauses (ii) and
(iii),   for   such   violations,   defaults,   terminations,   revocations   or
modifications,  as the case may be,  which  would  not have a  material  adverse
effect on Purchaser or  materially  delay the ability of Purchaser to consummate
the  transactions  contemplated  hereunder).  The execution and delivery of this
Agreement  and  the  Transaction  Documents  by  Purchaser  does  not,  and  the
performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation
of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and  thereby by  Purchaser  will not,
require any consent, approval, authorization or other action by, or filing with

                                       75
<PAGE>

or notification to, any Governmental  Authority or other third party (except for
such consents, approvals, authorizations, actions, filings or notifications, the
absence of which,  or the result of which,  as the case may be, would not have a
material  adverse  effect  on  Purchaser  or  materially  delay the  ability  of
Purchaser to consummate the transactions  contemplated hereunder).  Purchaser is
not in violation of any term of its Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or
the  provisions of any mortgage,  indenture,  contract,  agreement,  instrument,
judgment,  decree,  order,  statute, rule or regulation or writ or decree of any
court,  governmental  agency  or  instrumentality  to  which  it is  subject,  a
violation  of which  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on its  ability to
perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents.

     SECTION  4.3  LITIGATION.  There  is no  material  Action  pending  to  the
knowledge of Purchaser,  threatened in any jurisdiction  which seeks to restrain
or enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     SECTION 4.4 SEC REPORTS. Since January 1, 1999, the Purchaser has filed all
required  SEC  Reports  when due (or  within  permitted  extension  periods)  in
accordance with the Exchange Act. As of their  respective dates (or, in the case
of any  amended SEC Report,  as of the date of the  amendment),  the SEC Reports
complied  in all  material  respects  with all  applicable  requirements  of the
Exchange Act or the Securities  Act, as the case may be. As of their  respective
dates  (or,  in the  case  of any  amended  SEC  Report,  as of the  date of the
amendment), none of the SEC Reports contained any untrue statement of a material
fact or omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated or  incorporated
by reference  therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein,
in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

     SECTION  4.5  NO  OTHER  REPRESENTATIONS  OR  WARRANTIES.  Except  for  the
representations  and  warranties  contained  in this  Agreement  and  the  other
Transaction  Documents,  neither  Purchaser nor any other Person makes any other
express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of Purchaser.

                                    ARTICLE V
                              ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
                              ---------------------

     SECTION 5.1 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS OF SELLER PRIOR TO THE CLOSING.  Seller and
Rawlins  covenant  and agree that,  from the date  hereof to the  Closing  Date,
Seller  shall  conduct  its  business in the  ordinary  course  consistent  with
Seller's prior  practices,  and Seller shall use its  reasonable  efforts to (A)
preserve intact its business organization, (B) continue in full force and effect
without material  modification,  except as agreed to by Purchaser,  all existing
policies or binders of insurance currently  maintained in respect of Seller, (C)
preserve Seller's current relationships with its customers,  suppliers and other
Persons of Seller  with which it has  significant  business  relationships;  (D)
exercise, but only after notice to Purchaser,  any rights of renewal pursuant to
the terms of any Material  Contract which by its terms would  otherwise  expire;
and (E) not engage in any practice,  take any action, fail to take any action or
enter into any transaction  which could cause any  representation or warranty of
Seller in this Agreement to be untrue or result in a breach of any covenant made
by Seller herein.

                                       76
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.2 ACCESS TO INFORMATION.

          (a) From the date hereof until the Closing,  upon  reasonable  notice,
Seller  and  Rawlins  shall  cause  Seller  and  Seller's  officers,  directors,
employees, agents,  representatives,  accountants and counsel to: (i) afford the
officers,   employees   and   authorized   agents,   accountants,   counsel  and
representatives of Purchaser reasonable access, during normal business hours, to
the offices,  properties,  plants, other facilities, books and records of Seller
as they relate to Seller and to those officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,
accountants  and counsel of Seller who have knowledge  relating to Seller or its
business,  and (ii) furnish to the officers,  employees and  authorized  agents,
accountants,  counsel and representatives of Purchaser such additional financial
and operating data and other  information  regarding the assets,  properties and
goodwill of Seller (or legible  copies  thereof) as  Purchaser  may from time to
time reasonably request.

          (b) In order to  facilitate  the  resolution  of any claims made by or
against  Purchaser,  Seller or Rawlins  with  respect to Seller or the  Acquired
Assets after the Closing Date or for any other reasonable purpose,  for a period
of seven years following the Closing,  each party shall (i) retain the books and
records which relate to Seller or the Acquired  Assets in their  possession  for
the period of time set forth in the record  retention  policies of each party as
of the date  hereof or for such  longer  period as may be required by law or any
applicable court order;  provided,  however, that the parties shall retain books
and records  relating  to Taxes or Tax  Returns  until a date that is no earlier
than six months after the  expiration of the  applicable  statute of limitations
with  respect  to such Taxes or Tax  Returns  and (ii) upon  reasonable  notice,
afford the officers,  employees and  authorized  agents and  representatives  of
Purchaser,  Seller or Rawlins,  as the case may be, reasonable access (including
the right to make photocopies),  during normal business hours, to such books and
records.

     SECTION 5.3  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Rawlins and Seller hereto  agree,  and shall
cause their respective agents, representatives,  Affiliates, employees, officers
and  directors to, treat and hold as  confidential  (and not disclose or provide
access to any Person) all non-public  information  of the other parties  hereto,
including without limitation,  information relating to trade secrets, processes,
patent and trademark  applications,  product  development,  price,  customer and
supplier lists, pricing and marketing plans, policies and strategies, details of
client  and  consultant  contracts,   operations  methods,  product  development
techniques,  business acquisition plans, new personnel acquisition plans and all
other  confidential  information  with respect to the other  parties  hereto and
their respective businesses and operations. In the event that Rawlins and Seller
or any agent, representative,  Affiliate,  employee, officer or director becomes
legally compelled to disclose any such information, such party shall provide the
other with prompt  written  notice of such  requirement so that such other party
may seek a  protective  order or other  remedy  or waive  compliance  with  this
Section  5.3.  In the event that such  protective  order or other  remedy is not
obtained,  or such other party  waives  compliance  with this  Section  5.3, the
disclosing   party  shall  furnish  only  that  portion  of  such   confidential
information  which is legally  required to be provided  and shall  exercise  its
reasonable  efforts to obtain  assurances  that  confidential  treatment will be
accorded  such  information.  Each party  hereto  agrees and  acknowledges  that
remedies  at law for any breach of its  obligations  under this  Section 5.3 are
inadequate  and that in  addition  thereto  the other  parties  hereto  shall be
entitled  to  seek   equitable   relief,   including   injunction  and  specific
performance,  in the  event  of  any  such  breach.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision  of this Section 5.3,  the  obligations  of Purchaser  and its agents,
representatives,  Affiliates,  employees,  officers  and  directors  under  this
Section 5.3, with respect to information  regarding Seller, shall terminate upon
the Closing.

                                       77
<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.4 NOTICES AND CONSENTS.  Seller shall  promptly give such notices
to third  parties and use its best  efforts to obtain such third party  consents
and as Purchaser may, in its reasonable discretion,  deem necessary or desirable
in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     SECTION 5.5 NOTICE OF  DEVELOPMENTS.  Prior to the  Closing,  each party to
this  Agreement  shall  promptly  notify the other parties to this  Agreement in
writing of any of the following  matters  which come to such party's  attention:
(i) all events, circumstances, facts and occurrences, including the commencement
or threat of any Action,  which are reasonably likely to result in a breach of a
representation  or warranty or covenant of such party in this Agreement or which
has the effect of making any  representation  or  warranty of such party in this
Agreement  untrue  or  incorrect,  and  (ii)  all  other  material  developments
affecting  the  Acquired  Assets,  Assumed  Liabilities,  business,  operations,
customer or supplier  relations of Seller or any other event which is reasonably
likely to prohibit or  materially  delay the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated hereby.

     SECTION 5.6 FURTHER ASSURANCES.

          (a)  Seller  from  time to time  after  the  Closing,  at  Purchaser's
reasonable  request,  will execute,  acknowledge  and deliver to Purchaser  such
other  instruments  of conveyance  and transfer and will take such other actions
and  execute  and  deliver  such other  documents,  certifications  and  further
assurances as Purchaser may reasonably require in order to vest more effectively
in  Purchaser,  or to put  Purchaser  more  fully in  possession  of, any of the
Acquired Assets, or to better enable Purchaser to complete, perform or discharge
any of the Assumed Liabilities.

          (b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the
parties hereto agrees to use its best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all
actions  and to do,  or  cause to be  done,  all  things  necessary,  proper  or
advisable under applicable Laws and regulations to consummate and make effective
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     SECTION 5.7 NON-COMPETITION.  Seller and Rawlins (other than as an employee
or consultant of Purchaser)  agree that neither they nor any of their Affiliates
under their control will,  for a period of three (3) years from the Closing Date
(unless there is a Change of Control, in which case the foregoing period will be
two (2)  years  from  the  Closing  Date)  directly  or  indirectly,  engage  or
participate  in any  business  that is the same as or similar to the business of
Seller or use any name used by  Seller or any trade  name used by Seller  (other
than retained names,  domain names or tradenames) as of the Closing Date. In the
event that  Rawlins  (other  than as an employee or  consultant  of  Purchaser),
Seller or any of their  controlled  Affiliates  are asked to provide  any of the
services  prohibited by the first  sentence of this Section 5.7, they agree that
they will,  and will cause  their  controlled  Affiliates  to,  make  reasonable
efforts to recommend the Purchaser as the provider of those  services,  but they
will not provide any such  services  (other than as an employee or consultant of
Purchaser).  Seller and Rawlins  acknowledge and agree that a legally sufficient
portion of Purchase Price is attributable to the  non-competition  provisions of
this  Section 5.7,  and Seller and Rawlins  expressly  waive any right to assert
inadequacy of consideration  as a defense to enforcement of the  non-competition
provision of this  Section 5.7 should such  enforcement  ever become  necessary.
Seller and Rawlins  acknowledge that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted
breach of this Section 5.7 will be inadequate and further agrees that any breach
of this Section 5.7 will result in  irreparable  harm to the business of Seller;
and Seller and Rawlins covenant and agree not to

                                       78
<PAGE>

oppose any demand for specific  performance  and injunctive and other  equitable
relief in case of any such breach or attempted breach.  Whenever possible,  each
provision  of this  Section  5.7 shall be  interpreted  in such  manner as to be
effective  and valid under  applicable  law but if any provision of this Section
5.7 shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall
be  ineffective  to the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or  invalidity,  without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Section  5.7. If any  provision of this  Section 5.7 shall,  for any reason,  be
judged by any court of competent  jurisdiction  to be invalid or  unenforceable,
such  judgment  shall not affect,  impair or  invalidate  the  remainder of this
Section 5.7 but shall be  confined in its  operation  to the  provision  of this
Section 5.7 directly  involved in the  controversy  in which such judgment shall
have been rendered.  In the event that the provisions of this Section 5.7 should
ever be deemed to exceed the time or  geographic  limitations  permitted  by the
applicable  laws,  then such provision  shall be reformed to the maximum time or
geographic limitations permitted by applicable law.

     SECTION 5.8 LEASE REIMBURSEMENT.  Purchaser will reimburse Seller a monthly
fee of $6,602.00 for the use of its  facilities  located at 636 Florida  Central
Parkway or the period  from the  Closing  Date  until the date  Purchaser  makes
available  for general use by its  employees  office  facilities  in the greater
Orlando metropolitan area.

     SECTION 5.9 ADJUSTMENT TO PURCHASE  PRICE.  Any adjustment to the Shares of
Series D  Preferred  Stock or  indemnification  payments  made  pursuant to this
Agreement will be deemed to be an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
                              ---------------------

     SECTION 6.1 CONDITIONS TO  OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER.  The obligation of Seller
to consummate the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject
to the  fulfillment,  at or prior to the Closing  Date, of each of the following
conditions:

          (a) Purchaser  shall have delivered to Seller at the Closing the items
specified in Section 2.6 hereof.

     SECTION 6.2  CONDITIONS TO  OBLIGATIONS  OF PURCHASER.  The  obligations of
Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be
subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following
conditions:

          (a) Seller shall have  delivered to Purchaser at the Closing the items
specified in Section 2.5 hereof;

          (b)  Evidence  of payment and  discharge  of the  NationsBank  Loan by
Seller and release of the  security  interest of  NationsBank,  N.A. and Agilent
Technologies in the Acquired Assets under UCC-1  Financing  Statements  filed in
Florida Numbered 970000046879-9, 990000113371-1 and 200000014005-1;

          (c) The  acceptance for filing by the Secretary of State of Florida of
the  Certificate  of  Designations  of the Series A  Preferred  Stock,  Series B
Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock;

          (d) Each of Gregory  Rawlins,  Richard  Dudney,  Michael  Rawlins  and
Michael  Arian  will  have  entered  into  written  employment  agreements  with
Purchaser, satisfactory to

                                       79
<PAGE>

Purchaser in its sole discretion, and each of Dennis Butler, Jorge Medina, Trong
Nguyen,  Ahmad  Rabah,  Diane  Richie  and  Walt  Trzaskus  will  have  accepted
employment  on an at-will  basis with  ParkerVision,  and each of the above will
have terminated their employment with the Seller.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION
                                 ---------------

     SECTION 7.1 INDEMNIFICATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

          (a) (i) Seller and Rawlins,  jointly and severally,  shall  indemnify,
defend  and hold  harmless  Purchaser  from and  against,  and  shall  reimburse
Purchaser  for, any Damages (as  hereinafter  defined)  which may be  sustained,
suffered or incurred by Purchaser,  whether as a result of third-party claims or
otherwise, and which arise from or in connection with or are attributable to (i)
the  breach  of  any of  representations,  warranties  or  covenants  of  Seller
contained in this  Agreement,  (ii) the  ownership and operation of the Acquired
Assets before the Closing Date, or (iii) any Excluded Liability.  This indemnity
shall  survive the  Closing  for a period of four years  after the Closing  Date
except  that with  respect to claims  arising as a result of a breach or alleged
breach of the representations and warranties in Sections 3.7 and 3.8, they shall
survive without limitation as to time and that with respect to claims arising as
a result of a breach or alleged breach of the  representations and warranties in
Section 3.9 it shall  survive  until three  months after the  expiration  of the
statute  of  limitations  with  respect  to each Tax at  issue.  Any  claim  for
indemnity asserted within the relevant period shall survive until resolved.

               (ii)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Seller  shall not be
liable under this Section  7.1(a)  unless the  aggregate  amount of Damages with
respect to all matters,  other than the  representations  of Section  2.1(a)(i),
2.1(a)(v) and 3.8,  (determined without regard to any materiality  qualification
contained in any  representation,  warranty or covenant giving rise to the claim
for indemnity  hereunder) exceeds $50,000, in which case Purchaser may claim all
Damages subject to indemnification hereunder provided that the maximum amount of
all damages claimed in the aggregate does not exceed the Class D Preferred Stock
cash value.

          (b) Purchaser  shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless Seller from
and against, and shall reimburse Seller for, any Damages which may be sustained,
suffered  or incurred by Seller,  whether as a result of  third-party  claims or
otherwise, and which arise from or in connection with or are attributable to (i)
the breach of any of the representations,  warranties and covenants of Purchaser
contained in this Agreement, or (ii) any Assumed Liability. This indemnity shall
survive the Closing for a period of four years after the Closing Date. Any claim
for indemnity asserted within the relevant period shall survive until resolved.

          (c) As used herein,  the term "Damages" means the dollar amount of any
loss, damage, expense or liability,  including,  without limitation,  reasonable
attorneys' fees and disbursements incurred by an Indemnified Party in any action
or  proceeding  between  the  indemnified  party and the  indemnifying  party or
between the  Indemnified  Party and a third party,  which is  determined to have
been  sustained,  suffered  or incurred by a party and to have arisen from or in
connection  with an event or state of facts which is subject to  indemnification
under  this  Agreement.  The  amount  of  Damages  shall be the  amount  finally
determined  by a court of competent  jurisdiction  (after the  exhausting of all
appeals) or the amount agreed to upon settlement in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement,  if a third-party claim, or by the parties, if a direct claim of
one party against another.

                                       80
<PAGE>

          (d) Any  party  seeking  indemnification  hereunder  (an  "Indemnified
Party") shall, with reasonable promptness,  notify in writing the party required
to make such indemnification  payment (the "Indemnifying  Party") of such claim,
identifying  the basis for such  claim and the  amount or the  estimated  amount
thereof to the extent then determinable,  which estimate shall not be conclusive
of the final amount of such claim (the "Claim Notice");  provided, however, that
any failure to give such Claim  Notice will not be deemed a waiver of any rights
of the  Indemnified  Party  except to the extent the rights of the  Indemnifying
Party are actually  prejudiced by such  failure.  If such claim is a third party
claim,  the Indemnifying  Party,  upon request of the Indemnified  Party,  shall
retain counsel (who shall be reasonably  acceptable to the Indemnified Party) to
represent the  Indemnified  Party and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses
of such counsel with regard  thereto,  provided;  however,  that any Indemnified
Party is  hereby  authorized,  prior to the  date on which it  receives  written
notice from the Indemnifying Party designating such counsel,  to retain counsel,
whose  reasonable fees and expenses shall be at the expense of the  Indemnifying
Party,  to file any motion,  answer or other pleading and take such other action
which it  reasonably  shall deem  necessary to protect its interests or those of
the  Indemnifying  Party until the date on which the Indemnified  Party receives
such notice  from the  Indemnified  Party.  After the  Indemnifying  Party shall
retain such counsel,  the  Indemnified  Party shall have the right to retain its
own counsel,  but the fees and expenses of such counsel  shall be at the expense
of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying  Party and the Indemnified
Party shall have  mutually  agreed to the  retention of such counsel or (ii) the
named parties of any such proceeding  (including any impleaded parties) included
both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and representation of both
parties by the same counsel  would be  inappropriate  due to actual or potential
differing  interests  between them. If requested by the Indemnifying  Party, the
Indemnified  Party  agrees  to  cooperate  with the  Indemnifying  Party and its
counsel in contesting any claim or demand which the Indemnifying  Party defends.
A claim or demand  may not be  settled by any party  without  the prior  written
consent of the other party  (which  consent will not be  unreasonably  withheld)
unless,  as part of such settlement,  the Indemnified Party shall receive a full
and unconditional  release reasonably  satisfactory to it.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Indemnifying  Party may settle any third-party claim without the
prior written consent of the Indemnified  Party if such claim is exclusively for
monetary damages.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                             TERMINATION AND WAIVER
                             ----------------------

     SECTION 8.1 TERMINATION.

          (a) This  Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing
as follows:

               (ii) by mutual  written  consent of Seller and Rawlins on the one
hand and Purchaser on the other hand;

               (ii) by Seller, (A) if Purchaser shall have failed to perform any
of its covenants or agreements  contained in this  Agreement,  which failure has
not been  cured  within 10  Business  Days  after  Seller  has  given  notice to
Purchaser  of its  intention  to  terminate  or (B)  if  the  conditions  to the
obligations  of Seller  to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement  shall not have  occurred  by twenty  (20) days after the date of this
Agreement.

               (iii) by  Purchaser,  (A) if Seller  shall have failed to perform
any of its covenants in this Agreement,  which failure has not been cured within
10 Business Days after

                                       81
<PAGE>

Purchaser has given notice to Seller of its intention to terminate or (B) if the
conditions  to the  obligations  of Purchaser  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement shall not have occurred by twenty (20) days after
the date of this Agreement.

          (b) In the  event of  termination  by Seller  or  Purchaser,  or both,
pursuant  hereto,  written notice thereof shall  forthwith be given to the other
party and all further  obligations  of the parties  under this  Agreement  shall
terminate,  no party shall have any right under this Agreement against any other
party  except as set forth in this Article  VIII,  and each party shall bear its
own costs and expenses. In such event:

               (i) If this Agreement is terminated by Seller pursuant to Section
8.1(a)(ii)(A)  or  by  Purchaser   pursuant  to  Section   8.1(a)(iii)(A),   the
terminating  party's right to pursue all legal and equitable remedies for breach
of  contract or  otherwise,  including,  without  limitation,  Damages  relating
thereto, shall survive such termination unimpaired; and

               (ii)  Nothing  herein  shall  preclude  any party,  upon a breach
hereof by  another  party,  from  pursuing  all  equitable  remedies,  including
specific  performance,  it being acknowledged and agreed by the parties that the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  are of a special,  unique and  extraordinary
character and that any breach will cause irreparable injury to the non-breaching
party for which money damages will not provide a wholly adequate remedy.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
                               ------------------

     SECTION 9.1 MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  Except as  otherwise  provided  herein,  all costs and  expenses,
including,  without  limitation,  fees  and  disbursements  of  representatives,
incurred in connection  with this  Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated
hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses.

          (b) All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto
shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given or made as of
the date delivered if delivered personally or by nationally recognized overnight
courier or by  telecopy to the parties at the  following  addresses  (or at such
other  address for a party as shall be  specified  by like  notice,  except that
notices of changes of address shall be effective upon receipt):

          If to Seller or Rawlins:

               Signal Technologies, Inc.
               636 Florida Central Parkway
               Longwood, FL  32750
               Attention: Gregory Rawlins
               Telecopier: (407) 260-0004

                                       82
<PAGE>

          If to Purchaser:

               ParkerVision, Inc.
               8493 Baymeadows Way
               Jacksonville, FL 32256
               Attention: Jeffrey L. Parker
               Telecopier: (904) 636-6473

          with a copy to:

               Graubard Mollen & Miller
               600 Third Avenue
               New York, New York  10016
               Attention: David Alan Miller, Esq.
               Telecopier: (212) 818-8881

          (c) No party  shall make any public  announcements  in respect of this
Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated  herein  without the consent of the
other, which consent shall not unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  except that a
party may make any public  announcement  it deems  necessary  to comply with its
legal obligations  (including disclosure by means of filings with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  and  other  Governmental  Authorities),  and will use
reasonable efforts to provide a copy of such public announcement to Seller prior
to the public dissemination thereof.

          (d)  Purchaser  may  assign its rights  under this  Agreement,  or any
portion  thereof,   to  any   wholly-owned   direct   subsidiary   (including  a
non-corporate  subsidiary),  provided that such assignee shall assume in writing
the rights and  obligations  so assigned and such  assignment  shall not relieve
Purchaser  of its  obligations  hereunder  to the extent not  fulfilled  by such
assignee. Seller shall not assign any of its rights under this Agreement without
the prior written consent of Purchaser.

          (e)  This  Agreement  may not be  amended  or  modified  except  by an
instrument in writing signed by Seller and  Purchaser,  which  instrument  shall
thereupon be binding upon all the parties.

          (f) Any party may (i)  extend the time for the  performance  of any of
the obligations or other acts of any other party, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in
the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered
pursuant  hereto  and  (iii)  waive  compliance  with any of the  agreements  or
conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if
set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound thereby.

          (g) If any  provision of this  Agreement is  determined to be invalid,
illegal  or  incapable  of being  enforced  by a court or  regulatory  agency of
competent  jurisdiction,  the other  provisions of this  Agreement  shall not be
affected  and  shall  remain in full  force and  effect  and the  parties  shall
negotiate in good faith revisions to this Agreement so as to effect the original
intent of the parties pursuant to the provision so affected.

          (h) This  Agreement,  together with the Schedules and Exhibits  hereto
constitute  the  entire  agreement,  and  supersede  all  prior  agreements  and
undertakings,  both  written and oral,  among the  parties,  with respect to the
subject matter hereof and thereof and,

                                       83
<PAGE>

except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, are not intended to confer upon
any other person any rights or remedies hereunder.

          (i) This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
the successors, distributees and assigns of the parties.

          (j) This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the law of the State of Florida, without regard to principles of conflicts
of law. EACH PARTY HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION
OF ANY FLORIDA STATE COURT OR UNITED  STATES  FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE STATE
OF  FLORIDA,  OVER ANY ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT AND IRREVOCABLY  CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS IN ANY
SUCH ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  BY  REGISTERED  MAIL  ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS
ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10.1(b). EACH PARTY FURTHER WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO
VENUE IN FLORIDA AND ANY  OBJECTION TO AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH STATE AND
COUNTY ON THE BASIS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS. EACH PARTY ALSO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY.

          (k) This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by
the  different  parties in separate  counterparts,  each of which when  executed
shall be deemed to be an  original  but all of which when taken  together  shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

          (l) No provision of this  Agreement or any other  instrument  or other
document delivered in connection with the transactions  contemplated hereby will
be  interpreted  in favor of, or  against,  any of the  parties by reason of the
extent to which such party or its counsel participated in the drafting hereof or
by reason of the extent to which any such  provision  is  inconsistent  with any
prior draft hereof or thereof.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of Seller  and  Purchaser  has caused  this
Agreement to be executed by its respective  officers  thereunto duly authorized,
in each case, as of the date first written above.

                                        SIGNAL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                                        By:  /s/ Gregory Rawlins
                                             ----------------------
                                             Name: Gregory Rawlins
                                             Title: President

                                             /s/ Susan Rawlins
                                             ----------------------
                                             SUSAN RAWLINS

                                        PARKERVISION, INC.

                                        By:  /s/ Jeffrey L. Parker
                                             ----------------------
                                             Name: Jeffrey L. Parker
                                             Title: Chairman of the Board

                                       84
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 10.14

                        CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

               The asterisked portions of this document have been
              omitted and are filed separately with the Commission

                            WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY POOL

                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                                PARKERVISION, INC

                                       AND

                            SYMBOL TECHNOLOGIES, INC.


This  Agreement  is entered  into this 12th day of  October,  1999  (hereinafter
called Effective Date), by and between ParkerVision,  Inc, a Florida Corporation
with  principal  offices  at  8493  Baymeadows  Way,   Jacksonville,   FL  32256
(hereinafter called  ParkerVision),  and Symbol  Technologies,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation  with principal  offices at One Symbol Plaza,  Holtsville,  New York
11742-1300 (hereinafter called Licensee).

WHEREAS  ParkerVision has developed and is developing  certain wireless receiver
and transmitter technology, and

WHEREAS  ParkerVision  is  developing  certain  trademarks  for  use  with  this
technology, and

WHEREAS  ParkerVision desires to grant, and Licensee desires to obtain a license
to use, make,  have made,  sell, and offer to sell cores and integrated  circuit
parts incorporating such certain technology,  and products using such integrated
circuit  parts,  and  accompanying  such certain  trademarks  with same,  and to
sublicense such license to others.

NOW, THEREFORE,  IN CONSIDERATION OF THE ABOVE PREMISES AND THE MUTUAL COVENANTS
AND  UNDERTAKINGS  OF THE PARTIES  BELOW,  PARKERVISION  AND  LICENSEE  AGREE AS
FOLLOWS:

1.    DEFINITIONS

      1.1.  AVERAGE SELLING PRICE.
            The  "Average  Selling  Price"  of a  Royalty  Bearing  Unit  for an
            Assessment Period

                                       85
<PAGE>

            is the cumulative selling price of all Royalty Bearing Units Shipped
            by Licensee and/or its  sub-licensees  during the Assessment  Period
            which have the same part,  core,  or  product  number or  designator
            divided by the number of Royalty  Bearing  Units Shipped by Licensee
            and/or its  sub-licensees  during the  Assessment  Period which have
            that same part, core, or product number or designator.

      1.2.  BASE FOREIGN COUNTRIES.
            "Base  Foreign  Countries"  means Japan,  the Republic of Korea with
            respect to Samsung only, United Kingdom,  Austria,  Belgium, Cyprus,
            Denmark,   Finland,   France,   Germany,   Greece,  Ireland,  Italy,
            Luxembourg,  Monaco,  Netherlands,   Portugal,  Spain,  Sweden,  and
            Switzerland/Liechtenstein.

      1.3.  BLUETOOTH.
            "Bluetooth"  shall mean a short range  wireless  connection  that is
            implemented according to and that operates within only the following
            standards:  (1) the Bluetooth system and future extensions  thereof;
            (2)  other  short  range  wireless  connections  existing  as of the
            Effective Date of this Agreement and functionally  equivalent to the
            Bluetooth  system and  including  only the  following:  IEEE  802.15
            (wireless personal area networking products),  Licensee Nomad Radio,
            Licensee  Phaser  Radio,  Licensee  RadPad Radio,  Licensee  Eclipse
            Radio, and Licensee Saturn Radio; and (3) other short range wireless
            connections  existing as of the Effective Date of this Agreement and
            functionally   equivalent  to  the  Bluetooth  system,  IEEE  802.15
            (wireless personal area networking products),  Licensee Nomad Radio,
            Licensee  Phaser  Radio,  Licensee  RadPad Radio,  Licensee  Eclipse
            Radio, or Licensee Saturn Radio. Additional specifications for short
            range  wireless  connections  that  (a) are  promulgated  after  the
            Effective  Date  of  this  Agreement,   and  (b)  are   functionally
            equivalent to the standards and  specifications  cited above, may be
            added to the list with  ParkerVision's  consent,  which shall not be
            unreasonably withheld. In the event that the parties are not able to
            reach  agreement on (a) and/or (b), then the parties agree to accept
            the findings of a neutral  third-party  expert in the wireless field
            to be selected by mutual agreement of the parties.  In no case shall
            Bluetooth include WAN, WLL, WLAN.

      1.4.  COLLABORATOR.
            "Collaborator"  means any third  party  with  whom  ParkerVision  is
            collaborating.

      1.5.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
            "Confidential  Information"  shall  mean  any  and  all  information
            proprietary  to one of the parties,  which is  designated in writing
            (or by an appropriate stamp or legend) by the disclosing party to be
            of a proprietary or  confidential  nature,  and may be used only for
            purposes  of this  Agreement,  whether or not  reduced to writing or
            other  1tangible  medium of  expression,  whether  or not  patented,
            patentable,  capable of trade secret protection,  or protected as an
            unpublished or

                                       86
<PAGE>

            published  work under the  United  States  Copyright  Act of 1976 as
            amended.   Confidential   Information   shall  include   information
            disclosed  orally only if identified as Confidential  Information at
            the time of the first  oral  disclosure  thereof  to a party to this
            Agreement,  and reduced to writing and so  designated  within thirty
            (30) days of the first oral disclosure.

            Confidential Information does not include information that
                  a)    was already  known to the  receiving  party prior to its
                        disclosure by the  disclosing  party as  established  by
                        written records;
                  b)    becomes generally  available to the public other than as
                        a result of breach of this Agreement;
                  c)    is furnished to the receiving party by a third party who
                        is lawfully in  possession of such  information  and who
                        lawfully conveys such information; or
                  d)    is   subsequently   developed  by  the  receiving  party
                        independently  of  the  information  received  from  the
                        disclosing party.

      1.6.  DESIGN-IN PERIOD.
            "Design-In  Period"  shall  begin  on the  effective  date  of  this
            Agreement and ends [*] months thereafter.

      1.7.  FIRST CUSTOMER SHIPMENT.
            "First Customer Shipment" means the first Shipment by Licensee or by
            its sub-licensee(s) of any Royalty Bearing Unit.

      1.8.  [*].

      1.9.  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY POOL LICENSEE.
            "Intellectual  Property Pool  Licensee"  means a party to a Wireless
            Technology   Pool  License   Agreement   (containing   all  material
            provisions  regarding the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property Pool
            pursuant  to Section  2.6) with  ParkerVision  other than a party to
            this Agreement.

      1.10. JOINTLY DEVELOPED TECHNOLOGY.
            "Jointly  Developed  Technology" means all extensions,  enhancements
            and  modifications  based  on  the  ParkerVision   Technology,   the
            ParkerVision Technology Improvements,  the ParkerVision Intellectual
            Property Pool, and/or Licensee Technology  Improvements,  created or
            developed jointly by ParkerVision and by Licensee.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       87
<PAGE>

      1.11. LEGACY PRODUCTS.
            "Legacy Products" means  radio-based  products of Licensee listed on
            Exhibit D attached  hereto  that are in  commercial  production  and
            being  commercially  shipped by Licensee prior to the effective date
            of this Agreement.

      1.12. LICENSED CORE.
            "Licensed Core" means a design for an  implementation as one or more
            integrated circuits, directed to the Sole and Open Fields, having at
            least one Licensed  Sub-Part,  and at least one of: (1) at least one
            fully  functional WLAN baseband  processor as specified and required
            by WLAN as defined herein; or (2) at least one fully functional WLAN
            MAC (media access  controller)  as specified and required by WLAN as
            defined herein,  wherein such WLAN baseband processor or WLAN MAC is
            a  significant  value added  component,  and is  comparable  to that
            required by one or more of the  following  standards:  IEEE  802.11,
            IEEE 802.11a,  IEEE 802.11b,  HomeRF, Proxim Range LAN, Proxim Range
            LAN2,  Symbol  Spectrum 1, Symbol Spectrum 24 as it existed prior to
            adoption of IEEE 802.11,  HiperLAN1,  or HiperLAN2.  Any Proprietary
            Information  from  the  ParkerVision   Intellectual   Property  Pool
            contained in a Licensed  Core must be concealed  within the Licensed
            Core,  such that no Proprietary  Information  from the  ParkerVision
            Intellectual  Property  Pool  is  apparent  from or  exposed  in the
            Licensed   Core   except   through   legally   permissible   reverse
            engineering.

      1.13. LICENSED PARKERVISION TRADEMARKS.
            "Licensed ParkerVision  Trademarks" means the trademarks itemized in
            Exhibit  C   attached   hereto  and  any  other   Trademarks   which
            ParkerVision  elects to add to  Exhibit C with  Licensee's  consent,
            which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

      1.14. LICENSED PART.
            "Licensed  Part" means an integrated  circuit chip set,  directed to
            the Sole and Open Fields, having one or more integrated circuit dies
            and having at least one Licensed Sub-Part,  and at least one of: (1)
            at least one fully  functional WLAN baseband  processor as specified
            and  required by WLAN as defined  herein;  or (2) at least one fully
            functional  WLAN MAC (media  access  controller)  as  specified  and
            required  by WLAN as  defined  herein,  wherein  such WLAN  baseband
            processor or WLAN MAC is a significant value added component, and is
            comparable  to  that  required  by one  or  more  of  the  following
            standards:  IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b,  HomeRF, Proxim
            Range LAN, Proxim Range LAN2,  Symbol Spectrum 1, Symbol Spectrum 24
            as it  existed  prior to  adoption  of IEEE  802.11,  HiperLAN1,  or
            HiperLAN2.   Any  Proprietary   Information  from  the  ParkerVision
            Intellectual  Property  Pool  contained  in a Licensed  Part must be
            concealed within the Licensed Part, such that no

                                       88
<PAGE>

            Proprietary Information from the ParkerVision  Intellectual Property
            Pool is apparent from or exposed in the Licensed Part except through
            legally permissible reverse engineering.

      1.15. LICENSED PRODUCT.
            "Licensed Product" means a radio-based product including one or more
            Licensed  Parts  and/or  based  on one or more  Licensed  Cores  and
            directed to the Sole and Open Fields, and must include an integrated
            circuit chip set having at least one Licensed Sub-Part, and at least
            one of: (1) at least one fully functional WLAN baseband processor as
            specified  and required by WLAN as defined  herein;  or (2) at least
            one fully functional WLAN MAC (media access controller) as specified
            and required by WLAN as defined  herein,  wherein such WLAN baseband
            processor or WLAN MAC is a significant value added component, and is
            comparable  to  that  required  by one  or  more  of  the  following
            standards:  IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b,  HomeRF, Proxim
            Range LAN, Proxim Range LAN2,  Symbol Spectrum 1, Symbol Spectrum 24
            as it  existed  prior to  adoption  of IEEE  802.11,  HiperLAN1,  or
            HiperLAN2.

      1.16. LICENSED SUB-PART.
            "Licensed  Sub-Part"  is  one  of  a  receiver,  a  transmitter,   a
            transceiver or a transmitter/receiver pair implemented in integrated
            circuit form, which incorporates Proprietary Information included in
            the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property  Pool.  Licensed  Sub-Part
            specifically  excludes  discrete  implementations  of a receiver,  a
            transmitter,  a  transceiver  or a  transmitter/receiver  pair which
            incorporates  Proprietary  Information  included in the ParkerVision
            Intellectual Property Pool.

      1.17. LICENSEE PATENTED IMPROVEMENT.
            "Licensee  Patented  Improvement"  means any patent  claim  owned by
            Licensee,  and/or  licensed by Licensee with a royalty free right to
            sublicense  to  ParkerVision  and  to  Intellectual   Property  Pool
            Licensees,   which   covers   one  or   more   Licensee   Technology
            Improvements,  and which has a priority date under 35 U.S.C. ss. 119
            and/or 35 U.S.C.  ss. 120 that is prior to a date equal to [*] after
            termination of this Agreement,  if this Agreement  terminates  after
            the conclusion of [*], or (2) if this Agreement  terminates prior to
            the  conclusion of [*], then the sooner of [*] after  termination of
            this  Agreement,   or  [*]  if  this  Agreement  terminated  at  the
            conclusion of [*].

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       89
<PAGE>

      1.18. LICENSEE TECHNOLOGY IMPROVEMENTS.
            "Licensee    Technology    Improvements"   means   all   extensions,
            enhancements and modifications based on the ParkerVision Technology,
            and/or  the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property  Pool,  created or
            developed by or for Licensee.  Licensee  Technology  Improvements do
            not include Proprietary Information in any patent applications owned
            by  Licensee,  that were filed prior to the  Effective  Date of this
            Agreement,  and that are not  based on  ParkerVision  Technology  or
            ParkerVision Technology Improvements.  Notwithstanding Section 19(a)
            of the Mutual  Non-Disclosure  Agreement  (Exhibit F),  ParkerVision
            acknowledges  that  Licensee  has  pending  applications  in  direct
            conversion of EM signals technology using non-heterodyne  techniques
            filed prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement. Licensee agrees
            that all work  resulting  from the [*] on behalf of Licensee  [*] to
            [*] thereafter,  is presumed to be Licensee Technology Improvements,
            and Licensee  shall have the burden to rebut this  presumption.  Any
            issued or granted patent claim, that was filed or amended after [*],
            in patent  applications  covering work  resulting from the [*], that
            reads   on  any   Proprietary   Information   in  the   ParkerVision
            Intellectual  Property  Pool,  is presumed  to be Licensee  Patented
            Improvements,  and  Licensee  shall  have the  burden to rebut  this
            presumption. [*].

      1.19. MARKET SHORTFALL ROYALTY.
            "Market  Shortfall  Royalty"  is the  difference  between  [*] for a
            specific  Measurement  Period  and the lesser of [*] that would have
            been due if  Licensee  had  achieved  (1) a  ranking  by two or more
            National  Research  Organizations  as the [*] of market  provider of
            worldwide  WLAN units  Shipped;  or (2) be identified by two or more
            National Research Organizations as having a market share of at least
            [*] of worldwide WLAN units Shipped.

      1.20. MEASUREMENT PERIOD.
            A "Measurement  Period" shall consist of [*]. The first "Measurement
            Period" shall begin at the end of the  Design-In  Period and end [*]
            thereafter.  Each successive  Measurement  Period shall last for the
            succeeding [*] thereafter.

      1.21. NATIONAL RESEARCH ORGANIZATION.
            "National  Research  Organization"  means any  mutually  agreed upon
            organization that tracks and publishes statistics on the WLAN market
            such as Gartner Group, IDC, Allied Business Intelligence, Dataquest,
            etc.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       90
<PAGE>

      1.22. NEW LICENSED CORES, NEW LICENSED PARTS AND NEW LICENSED PRODUCTS.
            "New Licensed Cores,  New Licensed Parts and New Licensed  Products"
            means commercial production model Licensed Cores, Licensed Parts and
            Licensed Products,  respectively,  that were not Shipped by Licensee
            or its sub-licensee(s)  prior to termination of [*], and that differ
            in design and/or implementation from Pre-Termination Licensed Units.

      1.23. NEW NON-LICENSED PRODUCTS.
            "New Non-Licensed  Products" means all radio-based cores, parts, and
            products   commercialized   by  Licensee  after  execution  of  this
            Agreement which do not incorporate  Proprietary Information included
            in  the   ParkerVision   Intellectual   Property   Pool  and/or  the
            ParkerVision Technology Improvements.

      1.24. OPEN FIELDS.
            "Open Fields" mean the following fields:
            (1)   WLAN Client  Devices,  compliant with WLAN as defined  herein,
                  that  support   dual-mode   operation  of  one  or  more  WLAN
                  operations   with  one  or  more  WAN  operations   (dual-mode
                  capability), compliant with WAN as defined herein; and
            (2)   WLAN Client  Devices,  compliant with WLAN as defined  herein,
                  that support tri-mode operation of one or more WLAN operations
                  with  one or more  WAN  operations  and one or more  Bluetooth
                  operations  (tri-mode  capability),  compliant  with  WAN  and
                  Bluetooth as defined herein.

      1.25. OPEN RIGHT.
            "Open  Right"  means a right  granted by  ParkerVision  to Licensee,
            which ParkerVision may also grant to one or more third parties.

      1.26. PARKERVISION DELIVERABLES.
            "ParkerVision Deliverables" means the deliverables listed in Exhibit
            B that are to be delivered by ParkerVision to Licensee.

      1.27. PARKERVISION INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY POOL.
            "ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property  Pool" means all  ParkerVision
            Technology    Intellectual    Property,     ParkerVision    Patented
            Improvements,   Licensee  Patented  Improvements,   Technology  Pool
            Licensee  Patented  Improvements,  and at  the  sole  discretion  of
            ParkerVision, ParkerVision Technology Improvements.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       91
<PAGE>

      1.28. PARKERVISION PATENTED IMPROVEMENTS.
            "ParkerVision  Patented  Improvements"  means any patent claim of an
            issued or granted  patent  owned by  ParkerVision,  or  licensed  by
            ParkerVision with a royalty free right to sublicense to Intellectual
            Property Pool  Licensees  and to Licensee,  which covers one or more
            ParkerVision Technology Improvements.

      1.29. PARKERVISION TECHNOLOGY.
            "ParkerVision   Technology"   means  technology  that  is  owned  by
            ParkerVision relating to D2DTM wireless  communications  technology,
            and that is described in documents listed in Exhibit A. ParkerVision
            Technology  does not include  Proprietary  Information in any patent
            applications  owned by  ParkerVision,  that were filed  prior to the
            Effective Date of this Agreement, and that are not listed in Exhibit
            A, unless designated as such by ParkerVision at ParkerVision's  sole
            discretion.

      1.30. PARKERVISION TECHNOLOGY IMPROVEMENTS.
            "ParkerVision   Technology   Improvements"   means  all  extensions,
            enhancements and modifications based on the ParkerVision Technology,
            Licensee  Patented   Improvements,   and  Technology  Pool  Licensee
            Patented Improvements and owned by ParkerVision.

      1.31. PARKERVISION TECHNOLOGY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.
            "ParkerVision  Technology  Intellectual  Property" means all patent,
            copyright,  chip  mask,  trade  secret,   Confidential  Information,
            know-how, and contract rights (excluding trademarks, trade dress and
            trade name rights) in or based on the  ParkerVision  Technology that
            ParkerVision  owns or has a  royalty  free  right to  sublicense  to
            Intellectual Property Pool Licensees and to Licensee.

      1.32. PERCENTAGE SHIPPED.
            "Percentage  Shipped"  means  the total  number of New  Non-Licensed
            Products Shipped by Licensee during a Measurement  Period divided by
            the total number of radio-based  products Shipped by Licensee during
            the same Measurement Period.

      1.33. PRE-TERMINATION LICENSED UNITS.
            "Pre-Termination  Licensed Units" means any Licensed Cores, Licensed
            Parts and/or Licensed  Products that were Shipped by Licensee and/or
            its sub-licensee(s) prior to the end of [*].

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       92
<PAGE>

      1.34. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.
            "Proprietary  Information" means any information in which a party to
            this Agreement or a third party has an ownership interest.

      1.35. RECIPIENT.
            Recipient  shall  mean any  party  and/or  any  third  party to whom
            Licensee and/or its sub-licensee(s)  Ships Licensed Cores,  Licensed
            Parts, and/or Licensed Products.

      1.36. ROYALTY BEARING UNIT.
            "Royalty  Bearing  Unit" means any  Licensed  Core,  Licensed  Part,
            and/or   Licensed   Product   Shipped   by   Licensee   and/or   its
            sub-licensee(s).

      1.37. SECOND TERM OF CONTRACT.
            "Second  Term  of  Contract"   shall  begin  at  [*]   (assuming  no
            termination), and shall continue until terminated.

      1.38. SELECTED PATENT CLAIMS.
            "Selected  Patent Claims" means [*] U.S.  independent  claims issued
            from the two U.S. patent  applications  listed in Exhibit A, and any
            continuation  and/or  divisional   applications   thereof,  but  not
            including any  continuation-in-part  applications.  Selected  Patent
            Claims  also means [*]  independent  claims,  that are most  closely
            equivalent in scope to such [*] issued U.S.  patent claims,  in each
            foreign  country in which  claims have issued or been  granted  from
            foreign  counterpart  applications  corresponding  to the  two  U.S.
            patent applications listed in Exhibit A. Such Selected Patent Claims
            shall be selected by mutual  agreement of ParkerVision  and Licensee
            after issuance or grant of each such patent application according to
            criteria that include the commercial  significance of a given claim,
            and the validity  and  enforcement  of a given  claim.  In any given
            country,  if [*] independent claims do not issue or are not granted,
            then the parties shall mutually agree on dependent  claims issued or
            granted  in such  country  such  that the total  number of  Selected
            Patent  Claims  in any  given  country  at any  given  time  is [*].
            Issuance  or grant of less than [*]  claims at any given time and in
            any  given  country  shall  not  be  considered  a  breach  of  this
            Agreement.

      1.39. SHIPPED.
            "Shipped"  (and  variations  such as  "Ships"  and  "Shipments"  and
            "Ship")  means the physical  transfer of a Licensed  Part,  Licensed
            Core, and/or a Licensed Product,  and shall not require the transfer
            of ownership and/or any payment to the shipping party.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       93
<PAGE>

      1.40. SOLE FIELDS.
            "Sole Fields" mean the following fields:
            (1)   WLAN Infrastructure  Devices and WLAN Client Devices compliant
                  with WLAN as defined  herein,  that  support  only one or more
                  WLAN operations (single-mode capability); or
            (2)   WLAN  Infrastructure  Devices,  compliant with WLAN as defined
                  herein,  that support only dual-mode  operation of one or more
                  WLAN  operations  with one or more WAN  operations  (dual-mode
                  capability), compliant with WAN as defined herein; or
            (3)   WLAN Infrastructure Devices and WLAN Client Devices, compliant
                  with WLAN as  defined  herein,  that  support  only  dual-mode
                  operation  of one or more  WLAN  operations  with  one or more
                  Bluetooth operations  (dual-mode  capability),  compliant with
                  Bluetooth as defined herein; or
            (4)   WLAN  Infrastructure  Devices,  compliant with WLAN as defined
                  herein,  that support only  tri-mode  operation of one or more
                  WLAN  operations  with one or more WAN operations  with one or
                  more Bluetooth  operations  (tri-mode  capability),  compliant
                  with WAN and Bluetooth as defined herein.

      1.41. SOLE RIGHT.
            "Sole  Right"  means a right  granted by  ParkerVision  to Licensee,
            which ParkerVision may not grant to a third party or third parties.

      1.42. SUB-LICENSEE COUNTRIES.
            "Sub-Licensee Countries" means the United States, Japan, Republic of
            Korea, United Kingdom,  Austria,  Belgium, Cyprus, Denmark, Finland,
            France,  Germany,  Greece,  Ireland,  Italy,   Luxembourg,   Monaco,
            Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland/Liechtenstein.

      1.43. TECHNOLOGY POOL LICENSEE IMPROVEMENTS.
            "Technology  Pool  Licensee   Improvements"  means  all  extensions,
            enhancements and modifications based on the ParkerVision Technology,
            and/or  the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property  Pool,  created or
            developed by or for an Intellectual Property Pool Licensee.

      1.44. TECHNOLOGY POOL LICENSEE PATENTED IMPROVEMENT.
            "Technology  Pool Licensee  Patented  Improvement"  means any patent
            claim of an  issued  or  granted  patent  owned  by an  Intellectual
            Property Pool Licensee or licensed by an Intellectual  Property Pool
            Licensee with a royalty free right to sublicense to ParkerVision and
            to  Intellectual  Property  Pool  Licensees  and to Licensee,  which
            covers one or more Technology Pool Licensee Improvements.

                                       94
<PAGE>

      1.45. WAN.
            "WAN" shall mean a Wide Area Network that is  implemented  according
            to and that operates within only the following standards: ITU IS-54,
            ITU  IS-95,  or  the  cellular   telephony   standard  based  on  3G
            promulgated  by ITU  after  the  Effective  Date of this  Agreement,
            DCS1800 (GSM),  IMT-2000  (Wideband CDMA Europe),  PDC (Japan),  ITU
            IS-136,  AMPS/NAMPS,  TACS, NMT, US-136,  GSM, CT2, DECT, PHF, CDPD,
            UMTS, ITU/IMT 2000, RAM, MOBITEX, ARDIS.  Additional  specifications
            that (a) are promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement,
            and (b) are  functionally  equivalent  to WAN as  defined by the WAN
            standards listed above, may be added to the list with ParkerVision's
            consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that
            the parties are not able to reach  agreement on (a) and/or (b), then
            the parties  agree to accept the  findings of a neutral  third-party
            expert in the wireless  field to be selected by mutual  agreement of
            the parties. In no case shall WAN include WLAN, WLL, Bluetooth.

      1.46. WLAN.
            "WLAN" shall mean a Wireless  Local Area Network that is implemented
            according to and that operates within only the following  standards:
            IEEE 802.11, IEEE 802.11a,  IEEE 802.11b,  HomeRF, Proxim Range LAN,
            Proxim  Range LAN2,  Symbol  Spectrum  1,  Symbol  Spectrum 24 as it
            existed prior to adoption of IEEE 802.11,  HiperLAN1,  or HiperLAN2.
            Additional   specifications  that  (a)  are  promulgated  after  the
            Effective  Date  of  this  Agreement,   and  (b)  are   functionally
            equivalent  to WLAN as defined by the WLAN  standards  listed above,
            may be added to the list with  ParkerVision's  consent,  which shall
            not be unreasonably  withheld. In the event that the parties are not
            able to reach agreement on (a) and/or (b), then the parties agree to
            accept the findings of a neutral  third-party expert in the wireless
            field to be selected by mutual agreement of the parties.  In no case
            shall WLAN include WAN, WLL, Bluetooth.

      1.47. WLAN CLIENT DEVICES.
            "WLAN  Client  Devices"  means hand held  computers,  personal  data
            assistants (PDAs),  automatic identification data collection devices
            (such as bar code scanners/readers,  electronic article surveillance
            readers,  and  radio  frequency  identification  readers)  and other
            similar  user  devices  compliant  with  and  implementing  WLAN (as
            defined herein) for wireless communications.

      1.48. WLAN INFRASTRUCTURE DEVICES.
            "WLAN Infrastructure  Devices" means Access Points and other similar
            devices, compliant with and implementing WLAN as defined herein, and
            used to provide the ability for WLAN Client  Devices to connect to a
            wired network and/or to provide the network functionality of a WLAN.

                                       95
<PAGE>

      1.49. WLL.
            "WLL" (Wireless Local Loop) means radio  communications that provide
            the  capability to replace wired  elements of an at least  partially
            wired  network  (such  as  WAN  as  defined  herein)  with  wireless
            technology,   and  includes  but  is  not  limited  to  LMDS  (local
            multipoint   distribution   system),   MMDS  (microwave   multipoint
            distribution system), and ADML (Asymmetric Digital Microcell Link).

2.    LICENSE GRANTS

      2.1.  SOLE LICENSE GRANT BY PARKERVISION.

            Subject to the terms of  Paragraph  2.3 below,  ParkerVision  hereby
            grants to Licensee a world-wide, Sole Right to make, have made, use,
            sell, and offer to sell Licensed Parts and Licensed  Products in the
            Sole  Fields,  subject to all terms,  conditions,  limitations,  and
            restrictions  contained  in this  Agreement.  No rights are  granted
            herein to make, have made, use, sell,  and/or offer to sell Licensed
            Sub-Parts,  except to carry out the license  grant  specified in the
            foregoing sentence. No rights are granted herein to make, have made,
            use, sell, and/or offer to sell Licensed Cores,  except as specified
            in Section 2.9.

      2.2.  OPEN LICENSE GRANT BY PARKERVISION.

            ParkerVision  hereby grants to Licensee a world-wide,  Open Right to
            make,  have made,  use,  sell,  and offer to sell Licensed Parts and
            Licensed  Products  in  the  Open  Fields,  subject  to  all  terms,
            conditions,   limitations,   and  restrictions   contained  in  this
            Agreement.  No rights are granted  herein to make,  have made,  use,
            sell, and/or offer to sell Licensed  Sub-Parts,  except to carry out
            the license grant specified in the foregoing sentence. No rights are
            granted herein to make, have made,  use, sell,  and/or offer to sell
            Licensed Cores, except as specified in Section 2.9.

      2.3.  MAINTENANCE OF SOLE RIGHTS.

            In order to maintain  the sole  license  grant of Section 2.1 above,
            Licensee agrees to satisfy the following requirements.

            2.3.1. PRODUCT SHIPMENTS.
                  Subject   to   the    following    exceptions    in   Sections
                  2.3.1.1-2.3.1.4,  Licensee  agrees  that  beginning  with [*],
                  Licensee's Percentage Shipped shall be [*] or less. Otherwise,
                  the  sole  license  grants   provided  in  Section  2.1  shall
                  immediately become Open Rights, [*].

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       96
<PAGE>

                  2.3.1.1. During the first Measurement  Period,  the Percentage
                        Shipped  may be up to and  including  [*].  In  order to
                        maintain  the  Sole  Rights  under  Section  2.1 of this
                        Agreement,  Licensee agrees to pay  ParkerVision for the
                        first  Measurement  Period a  minimum  fee  equal to [*]
                        times  (minus  any  royalty  bearing  Shipments  made by
                        Licensee during the Design-In Period) the greater of (a)
                        the respective royalty rate specified in the Royalty Fee
                        section of  Exhibit E times the [*] of  Royalty  Bearing
                        Units    actually    Shipped   by   Licensee   and   its
                        sub-license(s)  during the first Measurement  Period, or
                        (b) [*].

                  2.3.1.2. During the second Measurement  Period, the Percentage
                        Shipped  may be up to and  including  [*].  In  order to
                        maintain  the  Sole  Rights  under  Section  2.1 of this
                        Agreement,  Licensee agrees to pay  ParkerVision for the
                        second  Measurement  Period a  minimum  fee equal to [*]
                        times the  greater of (a) the  respective  royalty  rate
                        specified  in the Royalty Fee section of Exhibit E times
                        the [*] of Royalty  Bearing  Units  actually  Shipped by
                        Licensee  and  its  sub-licensee(s)  during  the  second
                        Measurement Period, or (b) [*].

                  2.3.1.3. During the third Measurement  Period,  the Percentage
                        Shipped may be no more than [*].

                  2.3.1.4. During the fourth Measurement  Period, the Percentage
                        Shipped may be no more than [*].

                  2.3.1.5.   During  the  fifth   Measurement   Period  and  all
                        Measurement Periods  thereafter,  the Percentage Shipped
                        may be no more than [*].

                  2.3.1.6. [*].

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       97
<PAGE>

                  2.3.1.7. Subject to Sections 2.3.1.1-2.3.1.4,  should Licensee
                        decide to utilize a  technology  other than a technology
                        based on Proprietary  Information  from the ParkerVision
                        Intellectual    Property   Pool   and/or    ParkerVision
                        Technology  Improvements in its radio-based  products at
                        any time after the Effective Date of this Agreement such
                        that Licensee projects that the Percentage  Shipped will
                        be  greater  than [*],  Licensee  agrees to  immediately
                        notify  ParkerVision  of such decision and agrees not to
                        Ship  New   Non-Licensed   Products   with  such   other
                        technology  for [*] from the date of such  notice.  Upon
                        receipt of such notice by ParkerVision,  the Sole Rights
                        granted herein to Licensee shall immediately become Open
                        Rights for the remaining term of this Agreement.

                        Subject  to  Sections  2.3.1.1 -  2.3.1.4,  if the total
                        Shipments by Licensee of New Non-Licensed  Products that
                        utilize such other technology during a time period equal
                        to the [*] of Shipment of such New Non-Licensed Products
                        is greater than [*] of all radio-based  products Shipped
                        by  Licensee  during the  applicable  time  period,  and
                        Licensee has not  provided  notice to  ParkerVision  [*]
                        prior to the start of the time  period as  specified  in
                        this Section,  then all Sole Rights granted herein shall
                        immediately  revert to Open Rights,  and Licensee  shall
                        immediately  pay to  ParkerVision an amount equal to [*]
                        of such New  Non-Licensed  Products  Shipped  [*] of all
                        radio-based products Shipped by Licensee during the time
                        period (except that the amount shall be no less than [*]
                        for parts and cores, and [*] for products).

            2.3.2. MARKET HURDLES.

                  To maintain the Sole Rights provided in Section 2.1,  Licensee
                  must also satisfy the following requirements:

                  2.3.2.1. [Intentionally Left Blank.]

- -------------------
*        Certain  information on this page has been omitted and filed separately
         with the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been  requested with
         respect to the omitted portion.

                                       98
<PAGE>

                  2.3.2.2.  Beginning  with the  third  Measurement  Period  and
                        continuing for each subsequent Measurement Period during
                        the  term of this  Agreement,  the Sole  Rights  granted
                        herein to Licensee  shall  remain Sole Rights so long as
                        Licensee  shall be (1)  ranked  by two or more  National
                        Research  Organizations as the [*] of market provider of
                        worldwide  WLAN units  Shipped;  or (2) be identified by
                        two or more National Research  Organizations as having a
                        market  share of at least [*] of  worldwide  WLAN  units
                        Shipped.

                        The  parties   recognize  that  the  National   Research
                        Organizations may not track the same type of products as
                        contemplated  in this Agreement and the parties agree to
                        make reasonable  accommodations to take into account any
                        discrepancies.   Specifically,  any  unit  that  is  not
                        tracked by the National Research Organizations,  that is
                        conclusively  demonstrated  by either party to be a WLAN
                        unit,  shall be included for  purposes of this  section.
                        For  example,  to the extent  that sales of  radio-based
                        computer  terminals  are  not  tracked  by the  National
                        Research  Organizations,  sales of radio-based  computer
                        terminals  should  be  included  for  purposes  of  this
                        section.  Furthermore,  for  purposes  of this  section,
                        sales by  sub-licensees  of Licensed  Products should be
                        included  in   Licensee's   sales,   and  omitted   from
                        sub-licensee's sales.

                        If in any Measurement Period Licensee fails to meet both
                        of  the  two  above  requirements  (i.e.,  Licensee  has
                        satisfied the  requirements  of this Section if Licensee
                        satisfies either (1) or (2)), then the Sole Rights shall
                        become Open Rights [*].

                  2.3.2.3.  Each  party has the right to  challenge  the  market
                        share  and  ranking  information  provided  by the other
                        party.  Both parties agree to negotiate in good faith to
                        reach  an   agreement   on  market   share  and  ranking
                        information for Licensee.  In the event that the parties
                        are not able to reach an agreement, the parties agree to
                        mediation as specified in Section 12.2.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                       99
<PAGE>

      2.4.  RIGHTS  LIMITATIONS  CONCERNING  LICENSED  SUB-PARTS AND/OR LICENSED
            CORES AND/OR LICENSED PARTS.

            No  rights  are  given  to  Licensee  and/or  its  sub-licensees  by
            ParkerVision under this Agreement to have made, sell, offer to sell,
            and/or Ship Licensed  Sub-Parts  and/or  Licensed  Cores,  except as
            provided in Section 2.9.

            All  Licensed  Parts made,  have made,  and/or sold  pursuant to all
            license  grants  contained  herein  must be  used  to make  Licensed
            Products in the Sole and Open  Fields,  and any other  operation  is
            agreed to be operation outside the Sole and Open Fields.

      2.5.  RESERVATION OF RIGHTS BY PARKERVISION.
            ParkerVision  reserves  the right to make,  have  made,  use,  sell,
            and/or  offer  to sell,  without  restriction,  Licensed  Sub-Parts,
            Licensed Cores, Licensed Parts, Licensed Products, and/or integrated
            circuits that incorporate  Proprietary  Information  included in the
            ParkerVision   Intellectual   Property   Pool  and/or   ParkerVision
            Technology  Improvements,  in the Sole and Open Fields, by itself or
            in collaboration with one or more Collaborators.

            When collaborating in the Sole Fields, ParkerVision agrees that: (1)
            ParkerVision will be responsible for designing  Licensed  Sub-Parts,
            although ParkerVision may contract with any third party who is not a
            Collaborator with ParkerVision in the Sole Fields,  and who is not a
            parent or subsidiary of a Collaborator with ParkerVision in the Sole
            Fields,  and who is not  collaborating  on a WLAN application with a
            Collaborator  with  ParkerVision  in  the  Sole  Fields,  to  assist
            ParkerVision with same; and (2) ParkerVision will be responsible for
            integrating  RF  (radio   frequency)  front  ends  that  incorporate
            Proprietary  Information  included in the ParkerVision  Intellectual
            Property Pool and/or ParkerVision Technology Improvements,  and that
            optionally  include one or more WLAN baseband  processors and/or one
            or more WLAN MACs,  and  ParkerVision  may  contract  with any third
            party  who is  not a  Collaborator  with  ParkerVision  in the  Sole
            Fields, and who is not a parent or subsidiary of a Collaborator with
            ParkerVision in the Sole Fields,  and who is not  collaborating on a
            WLAN application with a Collaborator  with  ParkerVision in the Sole
            Fields, to assist ParkerVision with same.  ParkerVision reserves the
            right to make, have made, use, sell,  and/or offer to sell,  without
            restriction,   integrated  circuits,  Licensed  Sub-Parts,  Licensed
            Cores, Licensed Parts, and/or Licensed Products,  using and/or based
            on such RF front  ends,  by itself or in  collaboration  with one or
            more Collaborators.

            ParkerVision  reserves the right to sell and/or offer to sell in the
            Sole and Open

                                      100
<PAGE>

            Fields, Licensed Sub-Parts, Licensed Cores, Licensed Parts, Licensed
            Products,  and/or integrated  circuits that incorporate  Proprietary
            Information included in the ParkerVision  Intellectual Property Pool
            and/or ParkerVision Technology  Improvements,  made in collaboration
            with one or more  Collaborators,  to any third party  including  any
            Collaborator without restriction.

            To  the   extent   allowed   by  law,   ParkerVision   agrees   that
            ParkerVision's  gross  margin  on any  Licensed  Part  and  Licensed
            Product  sold by  ParkerVision  in the Sole Fields  shall be no less
            than [*] and [*], respectively.

            Further,  all rights not granted herein by  ParkerVision to Licensee
            are hereby reserved by ParkerVision.

      2.6.  OPEN LICENSE GRANT BY LICENSEE.
            Licensee hereby grants to ParkerVision a world-wide,  non-exclusive,
            royalty-free  right to make, have made,  use, sell,  and/or offer to
            sell sub-parts,  cores,  parts and products  incorporating  Licensee
            Patented  Improvements so long as those sub-parts,  cores, parts and
            products  are used in  conjunction  with  ParkerVision  Intellectual
            Property  Pool  and/or  the  ParkerVision  Technology  Improvements.
            ParkerVision  shall have the right to sublicense  the rights granted
            to ParkerVision  by Licensee under this Section to all  Intellectual
            Property Pool Licensees that have agreed to a substantially  similar
            grant back provision to Licensee, except that if Licensee is sued by
            an Intellectual Property Pool Licensee (or its successor, subsidiary
            or affiliate) on a patent claim from the  ParkerVision  Intellectual
            Property Pool, then the license rights granted herein by Licensee to
            that  Intellectual  Property  Pool  Licensee  may be  terminated  by
            Licensee  upon filing of such claim.  Licensee  agrees that,  in the
            event that Licensee sues an Intellectual Property Pool Licensee on a
            patent claim from the ParkerVision  Intellectual Property Pool, then
            the license rights granted herein by that Intellectual Property Pool
            Licensee to Licensee may be terminated by that Intellectual Property
            Pool Licensee upon filing of such claim.  Notwithstanding  any other
            provision  of  this  Agreement,  Licensee  reserves  to  itself  all
            intellectual  property  rights  except  for those  expressly  stated
            herein.  Also,  this  Agreement does not restrict any right Licensee
            may have on or in  subject  matter  other than  Licensee  Technology
            Improvements  and/or  Licensee  Patented  Improvements.   Except  as
            provided in this  Section,  no  licenses  are granted by Licensee to
            ParkerVision and/or any Intellectual Property Pool Licensee,  and no
            rights to grant sub-licenses are granted.  The rights granted herein
            to ParkerVision shall survive termination of this Agreement.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      101
<PAGE>

      2.7.  COVENANT BY LICENSEE NOT TO SUE AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS.
            Licensee hereby  covenants not to sue, and releases from any and all
            claims  arising  after the  Effective  Date of this  Agreement  that
            Licensee  may  have  had,  may  have,  or may  have  in the  future,
            ParkerVision,   and  any  third  party  and/or   third   parties  in
            collaboration  with or  assisting  ParkerVision  pursuant to Section
            2.5,  under any  Licensee  Patented  Improvement.  The  covenant and
            release   contained   herein  shall  survive   termination  of  this
            Agreement.

      2.8.  REVERSION TO OPEN GRANT.
            Subject to the  following,  in the event that any of the Sole Rights
            granted in Section 2.1 of this  Agreement  become Open Rights  under
            any term of this Agreement,  such Open Rights shall be in effect for
            the remaining [*] and the Second Term of Contract (if extended).

            For each Measurement Period after the Sole Rights granted in Section
            2.1 become Open Rights  under any term of this  Agreement,  Licensee
            agrees to pay  ParkerVision  a minimum fee of [*].  This minimum fee
            shall be credited against any Royalty Fee actually due from Licensee
            to ParkerVision under Section 4 of this Agreement.  Thereafter, this
            minimum  fee  will be  increased  [*].  If this  fee is not  paid by
            Licensee to ParkerVision for each Measurement  Period after the Sole
            Rights  granted in Section 2.1 become Open Rights  under any term of
            this Agreement,  then ParkerVision shall have the right to terminate
            this Agreement.

      2.9.  RIGHT TO SUB-LICENSE.

            2.9.1.Licensee  shall have the right to  sub-license  some or all of
                  the following rights in Sub-Licensee Countries,  and companies
                  in other countries [*]:

                  The right to make, use, sell, and offer to sell Licensed Parts
                  and Licensed Products in the Sole and Open Fields,  subject to
                  all terms, conditions, limitations, and restrictions contained
                  in  this  Agreement.  All  Licensed  Parts  made  and/or  sold
                  pursuant to this grant must be used to make Licensed  Products
                  in the Sole and Open Fields.  No rights are granted  herein to
                  sub-license any right to make,  have made,  use, sell,  and/or
                  offer to sell Licensed Sub-Parts or Licensed Cores,  except to
                  carry  out  the  license  grant  specified  in  the  foregoing
                  sentence.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      102
<PAGE>

            2.9.2.The  Royalty  Fee  according  to  Exhibit  E shall  be due and
                  payable to  ParkerVision  by  Licensee  for all  Shipments  of
                  Licensed Products and/or Licensed Parts by each sub-licensee.

            2.9.3.Before any of the rights of Section 2.9.1 may be  sub-licensed
                  by  Licensee,  [*].  Any  material  changes  to  the  standard
                  sub-license   agreement   must  be   approved  in  writing  by
                  ParkerVision  [*]. If Licensee is uncertain whether a proposed
                  change  is  material,  it  shall  request  clarification  from
                  ParkerVision prior to agreeing to such change,  without having
                  to  reveal  to  ParkerVision  the  identity  of the  potential
                  sub-licensee until after a sub-licensee  agreement, if any, is
                  reached.  After the standard  sub-license  agreement  (and any
                  material  changes  contained  therein)  have been  approved by
                  ParkerVision,   then  Licensee  may   sub-license  the  rights
                  specified  in Section  2.9.1.  Licensee  agrees to provide the
                  identity of each  sub-licensee  and a copy of each sub-license
                  agreement  to  ParkerVision  within  thirty  (30)  days  after
                  execution of each sub-licensee  agreement,  but Licensee shall
                  used  reasonable   efforts  to  inform   ParkerVision  of  the
                  sub-license  agreement  prior to any public  disclosure of the
                  sub-license  agreement.  [*].  The  identity  and  sub-license
                  agreement  of  any  of   Licensee's   sub-licensee   shall  be
                  maintained  as  Confidential   Information  by   ParkerVision.
                  ParkerVision may disclose any such sub-license  agreement to a
                  third party who is negotiating  with  ParkerVision  to acquire
                  ParkerVision  (or  substantially  all of the D2DTM division of
                  ParkerVision, and/or ParkerVision's rights in the ParkerVision
                  Intellectual Property Pool), as long as the third party agrees
                  in  writing  to  maintain  as   confidential   any  terms  and
                  conditions  of such  sub-licensee  agreement  disclosed to the
                  third party.

            2.9.4.Licensee may  disclose  ParkerVision  Proprietary  Information
                  included in the ParkerVision Intellectual Property Pool and/or
                  ParkerVision  Technology  Improvements (to the extent Licensee
                  has  been   provided  with  same  from   ParkerVision)   to  a
                  sub-licensee or a potential  sub-licensee who is headquartered
                  in  one of  the  Sub-Licensee  Countries,  provided  that  the
                  following   requirements  are  satisfied  prior  to  any  such
                  disclosure to the sub-licensee or potential

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      103
<PAGE>

                  sub-licensee:   (1)   the   sub-licensee   or  the   potential
                  sub-licensee has executed a non-disclosure agreement which has
                  been previously  approved by  ParkerVision  in writing,  which
                  approval  shall  not be  unreasonably  withheld;  and  (2) all
                  persons   associated   with  the   sub-licensee  or  potential
                  sub-licensee  who  are  to  receive  ParkerVision  Proprietary
                  Information included in the ParkerVision Intellectual Property
                  Pool and/or ParkerVision Technology Improvements have executed
                  individual  Non-Disclosure Agreements similar to that attached
                  in Exhibit G. Licensee  agrees that  ParkerVision  Proprietary
                  Information included in the ParkerVision Intellectual Property
                  Pool and/or ParkerVision  Technology  Improvements will not be
                  disclosed  to [*]  for any  given  sub-licensee  or  potential
                  sub-licensee,   without   first   obtaining   the  consent  of
                  ParkerVision [*]. Upon request of ParkerVision, Licensee shall
                  provide   to   ParkerVision   copies  of  the   non-disclosure
                  agreements  referenced  above.  The foregoing  restrictions on
                  disclosure in this Section  2.9.4 do not apply to  information
                  contained  in issued  patents  and  published  foreign  patent
                  applications, and Licensee Technology Improvements that do not
                  disclose ParkerVision Confidential Information.

            2.9.5.Licensee  shall  have the  right to Ship  Licensed  Parts  and
                  Licensed Products to its sub-licensees.  Also,  Licensee shall
                  have the right to Ship Licensed Cores to its sub-licensees for
                  the sole purpose of carrying out the license  grant  specified
                  above in Section 2.9.1.

            2.9.6. No sub-license granted by Licensee may:

                  (1)   Include the right to sub-license.
                  (2)   Extend beyond the term of this Agreement.

            2.9.7.Termination  of this  Agreement  pursuant  to Section 10 shall
                  immediately  terminate all sub-licenses that have been granted
                  by  Licensee,   and  Licensee  shall  so  notify  all  of  its
                  sub-licensees of such termination.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      104
<PAGE>

            2.9.8.Licensee agrees that if Licensee  identifies any  sub-licensee
                  (of  Licensee)  who is operating  outside the Sole Fields,  if
                  any,  or the Open  Fields,  to the extent  the  sub-licensee's
                  actions are  attributable  to Licensee or caused by Licensee's
                  actions,  whether by notice from  ParkerVision  or  otherwise,
                  then   Licensee   agrees   to  notify   ParkerVision   of  the
                  non-compliance,  and  agrees  to take  appropriate  action  at
                  Licensee's  expense to ensure that the  sub-licensee  operates
                  only within the Sole Fields,  if any, or the Open  Fields.  If
                  Licensee does not take action to ensure that the  sub-licensee
                  operates  only  within the Sole  Fields,  if any,  or the Open
                  Fields,   then   ParkerVision   may  take  such  action,   and
                  ParkerVision's  reasonable  and actual costs  associated  with
                  such action shall be paid by Licensee [*].

            2.9.9.Licensee  agrees  to  require  each  of its  sub-licensees  to
                  maintain  sufficient  shipping  records  and sales  records of
                  Licensed  Cores,  Licensed  Parts  and  Licensed  Products  to
                  accurately record sub-licensee's  activity,  and to allow that
                  at ParkerVision's option and expense, ParkerVision may have an
                  accounting  firm  of  ParkerVision's  choosing,  and to  which
                  sub-licensee has no reasonable objection,  conduct an audit of
                  sub-licensee  for the sole purpose of determining the accuracy
                  of  sub-licensee's   accounting  of  shipments  and  sales  of
                  Licensed  Cores,  Licensed Parts and Licensed  Products.  Each
                  sub-licensee  shall agree to provide the accounting  firm with
                  reasonable  access to its  shipping and sales  records  during
                  normal business hours.

      2.10. ENFORCEMENT OF SOLE AND OPEN FIELDS OF USE BY LICENSEE.

            Licensee  agrees to notify and require in writing any  Recipient  to
            whom Licensee  Ships any Licensed Part in the Sole Fields and/or the
            Open Fields that such Licensed Part shall be used,  sold, or offered
            for sale by Recipient only in the applicable Sole Fields and/or Open
            Field.  Licensee shall maintain  copies of such writings,  and shall
            provide  copies of such  writings to  ParkerVision  upon  request of
            ParkerVision.  If Licensee identifies any Recipient who is operating
            outside   the  Sole  and  Open   Fields,   whether  by  notice  from
            ParkerVision or otherwise, then Licensee agrees to notify

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      105
<PAGE>

            ParkerVision  of the  non-compliance,  and  further  agrees  to take
            appropriate   action  at  Licensee's  expense  to  ensure  that  the
            Recipient operates within the Sole Fields and/or the Open Fields. If
            Licensee does not take action to ensure that the Recipient  operates
            only  within  the Sole  Fields,  if any,  or the Open  Fields,  then
            ParkerVision may take such action, and ParkerVision's reasonable and
            actual costs  associated  with such action shall be paid by Licensee
            [*].

      2.11. FUTURE LICENSES BY PARKERVISION.

            2.11.1.  ParkerVision  represents  and warrants  that,  prior to the
                  Effective  Date  of  this  Agreement,   ParkerVision  has  not
                  licensed any third party under the  ParkerVision  Intellectual
                  Property Pool and/or ParkerVision  Technology  Improvements in
                  the Sole Fields  defined  herein.  ParkerVision  agrees  that,
                  after the Effective Date of this Agreement,  it will not grant
                  any  license  to  any  third  party  under  the   ParkerVision
                  Intellectual  Property  Pool  and/or  ParkerVision  Technology
                  Improvements  in the Sole Fields  defined  herein,  as long as
                  Licensee  retains  any Sole  Rights.  ParkerVision  agrees  to
                  notify any  future  Intellectual  Property  Pool  Licensee  of
                  Licensee's rights in the Sole and Open Fields.

            2.11.2.  If  ParkerVision   identifies  that  another   licensee  of
                  ParkerVision is operating  within the Sole Fields,  whether by
                  notice from Licensee or otherwise, then ParkerVision agrees to
                  notify Licensee, and further agrees to take appropriate action
                  at ParkerVision's expense to cause the other licensee to cease
                  operation in the Sole Fields,  as long as Licensee retains any
                  Sole Rights.

3.    TRADEMARK LICENSE GRANTS AND RESTRICTIONS

      3.1.  TRADEMARK LICENSE.
            ParkerVision  hereby  grants  to  Licensee,  for  the  term  of this
            Agreement and not longer, a limited  world-wide,  Open Right to sell
            Licensed   Parts  and   Licensed   Products   bearing  the  Licensed
            ParkerVision  Trademarks.   Licensee  shall  not  use  the  Licensed
            ParkerVision   Trademarks   except  as  expressly   stated  in  this
            Agreement. All rights in and to the Licensed ParkerVision Trademarks
            not specifically granted to Licensee by this

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      106
<PAGE>

            Agreement are reserved to ParkerVision  for  ParkerVision's  own use
            and benefit.

      3.2.  NO SUBLICENSE OF TRADEMARK LICENSE.
            Licensee  shall not have the right to license or  sublicense  any of
            the rights granted herein with respect to the Licensed  ParkerVision
            Trademarks, except to the extent necessary under Section 5.2.6.

      3.3.  PROHIBITED USE OF LICENSED PARKERVISION TRADEMARKS.
            In addition to all other  restrictions  imposed on Licensee pursuant
            to this Agreement, during the term of this Agreement and thereafter,
            Licensee shall not use any of the Licensed ParkerVision Trademarks:
            a)    as a portion of or in combination  with any other  trademarks,
                  except that during the term of this  Agreement,  Licensee  may
                  use the Licensed  ParkerVision  Trademarks in combination with
                  Licensee's own trademarks  including the Licensee trademark on
                  or in  connection  with  Licensed  Cores,  Licensed  Parts and
                  Licensed  Products,  provided  that Licensee does not make the
                  Licensed  ParkerVision  Trademarks and  Licensee's  trademarks
                  appear to form a single trademark;
            b)    as all or part of a  corporate  name,  trade name or any other
                  designation used by Licensee to identify its business;
            c)    for any other purpose  other than as  trademarks  for Licensed
                  Cores,  Licensed Parts and Licensed Products. At no time shall
                  Licensee or any  parent,  subsidiary,  affiliated,  or related
                  company,  or any  person  or  entity  owned or  controlled  by
                  Licensee,  use any name, trademark,  service mark, trade name,
                  trade dress, or logo likely to cause confusion with any of the
                  Licensed ParkerVision Trademarks.

      3.4.  OWNERSHIP OF LICENSED PARKERVISION TRADEMARKS.
            Licensee  acknowledges  that  ParkerVision  has sole  and  exclusive
            ownership of all right,  title,  and interest in and to the Licensed
            ParkerVision  Trademarks,  and all  registrations  and  applications
            therefor.   All  use  by  Licensee  of  the  Licensed   ParkerVision
            Trademarks and all good will and benefit arising from such use shall
            inure to the sole and exclusive benefit of ParkerVision.

      3.5.  LICENSEE NON-OWNERSHIP OF LICENSED PARKERVISION TRADEMARKS.
            Licensee further acknowledges,  represents, and warrants that it has
            not  acquired,  and shall not acquire,  whether by operation of law,
            this Agreement,  or otherwise,  any right, title, interest, or other
            ownership in

                                      107
<PAGE>

            or to the  Licensed  ParkerVision  Trademarks  or any part  thereof.
            Should any such right,  title,  interest,  or other ownership become
            vested  in  Licensee  by  operation  of  law,  this  Agreement,   or
            otherwise, Licensee agrees to assign (with any reasonable and actual
            out-of-pocket  expenses  to be paid  by  ParkerVision),  and  hereby
            assigns,  all such right,  title,  interest,  and other ownership to
            ParkerVision  free  of  additional  consideration.   Licensee  shall
            provide and execute all documents necessary to effectuate and record
            such  assignments  to  ParkerVision  (with any reasonable and actual
            out-of-pocket expenses to be paid by ParkerVision).

      3.6.  LICENSEE NOT TO INJURE.
            Licensee shall not, during the term of this Agreement or thereafter,
            do anything  which would in any way  damage,  injure,  or impair the
            validity and substance of the Licensed ParkerVision Trademarks,  nor
            shall  Licensee  attack,  dispute,  or challenge,  nor aid others to
            dispute or challenge,  ParkerVision's  right, title, and interest in
            and to the Licensed ParkerVision Trademarks.

      3.7.  REGISTRATIONS AND LICENSING FORMALITIES.
            Licensee shall cooperate with ParkerVision in the execution,  filing
            and prosecution of any trademark  applications that ParkerVision may
            desire  to file,  and for that  purpose  Licensee  shall  supply  to
            ParkerVision  from  time to  time  samples,  packaging,  containers,
            labels,  tags, and similar  materials as may be reasonably  required
            (with any reasonable and actual out-of-pocket expenses to be paid by
            ParkerVision).  Licensee  also  agrees to  execute  and  deliver  to
            ParkerVision  at any time  whether  during or after the term of this
            Agreement and without  further  consideration,  such  instruments of
            transfer and other documents as ParkerVision may reasonably  request
            for   ParkerVision's    trademark   applications   or   to   confirm
            ParkerVision's  ownership  rights  (with any  reasonable  and actual
            out-of-pocket expenses to be paid by ParkerVision).

      3.8.  SEPARATE TRADEMARK AGREEMENTS.
            The license to use the Licensed  ParkerVision  Trademarks granted to
            Licensee  by  this  Agreement  shall  be  confirmed  by  a  separate
            trademark  agreement  for any  country  which  requires  a  separate
            agreement,  including without limitation registered user agreements,
            or where a separate  trademark  agreement is deemed  appropriate  by
            ParkerVision.  At  ParkerVision's  request,  Licensee  shall execute
            whatever documents or forms are necessary to confirm the license, to
            record Licensee as a registered user,  and/or to record the license,
            in any country in which Licensed Products are sold by Licensee (with

                                      108
<PAGE>

            any  reasonable  and  actual  out-of-pocket  expenses  to be paid by
            ParkerVision).

      3.9.  TERMINATION OR CANCELLATION.
            Expiration  or  termination  of  this  Agreement  shall  immediately
            terminate all registered user and other license  recordal  documents
            filed or recorded pursuant to this Agreement.  The parties expressly
            agree that all documents filed or recorded with any trademark office
            or other authority relating to the trademark license granted by this
            Agreement  may be  canceled  at any time by  ParkerVision  alone and
            Licensee hereby agrees and consents to such cancellation.

      3.10. NO LIMITATIONS OF PARKERVISION.
            Nothing  contained  in this  Agreement  shall  in any way  restrict,
            impair, limit, or affect ParkerVision's rights to use, permit others
            to use, or license  third  parties to use the Licensed  ParkerVision
            Trademarks.

4.    LICENSE FEES

      4.1.  PRE-PAID ROYALTY.
            In  consideration  of the rights granted herein,  Licensee agrees to
            pay ParkerVision the Pre-paid Royalty specified in Exhibit E without
            further invoice from ParkerVision. [*].

      4.2   ROYALTY FEE.
            In  consideration  of the rights granted  herein,  Licensee  further
            agrees to pay  ParkerVision  the Royalty Fee  specified in Exhibit E
            without further invoice from ParkerVision.

      4.3.  ASSESSMENT PERIOD.
            The assessment period for the Royalty Fee specified in Exhibit E, is
            [*] during the term of the Agreement.

      4.4.  SALES REPORTING.
            Within [*] of the close of each Assessment Period during the term of
            this  Agreement,  Licensee  agrees to provide  ParkerVision  with an
            accounting of all Royalty Bearing Units Shipped from Licensee or its
            Sub-licensee(s)  during the Assessment Period. Such accounting shall
            include a list of

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      109
<PAGE>

            Shipments by Licensee  and any  Sub-Licensee(s)  of Royalty  Bearing
            Units during the Assessment  Period by part number,  average selling
            price  and  total   number  of  Royalty   Bearing   Units   Shipped.
            ParkerVision   will  treat  this  sales  reporting   information  as
            Confidential  Information of Licensee,  and shall not use it for any
            purpose other than for Licensee's royalty calculations.

      4.5.  PAYMENT TERMS.
            Licensee agrees that it shall pay  ParkerVision all Royalty Fees due
            within [*] of the close of the Assessment  Period for which they are
            due,  and all payments  made by Licensee  after the close of the [*]
            period shall incur a late fee of [*].

      4.6.  [Intentionally Left Blank]

      4.7.  INDEPENDENT AUDIT.
            Licensee agrees to maintain  sufficient  shipping  records and sales
            records of Licensed Cores,  Licensed Parts and Licensed  Products to
            accurately record Licensee's activity.  At ParkerVision's option and
            expense,  ParkerVision may have an accounting firm of ParkerVision's
            choosing, and to which Licensee has no reasonable objection, conduct
            an audit  of  Licensee  for the  sole  purpose  of  determining  the
            accuracy of Licensee's accounting of shipments and sales of Licensed
            Cores,  Licensed  Parts and Licensed  Products.  Licensee  agrees to
            provide the accounting firm with  reasonable  access to its shipping
            and sales records during normal business hours.

      4.8.  INDEPENDENT AUDIT FREQUENCY.
            Audits by the independent accounting firm will be conducted not more
            than once a year, unless a preceding audit revealed a discrepancy.

      4.9.  ADJUSTMENTS.
            Prompt  adjustment  shall be made by Licensee to compensate  for any
            errors  or  omissions   which   resulted  in  an   underpayment   to
            ParkerVision.   Prompt  refund  of  overpayment  shall  be  made  by
            ParkerVision  to correct for any errors or omissions  which resulted
            in an  overpayment  by Licensee,  or a credit may be issued  against
            future amounts due, at ParkerVision's option.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      110
<PAGE>

      4.10. UNDERPAYMENT.
            If an underpayment by Licensee  exceeds [*] of the payments due in a
            period  covered  by an  audit,  Licensee  will  pay the  cost of the
            independent audit.

      4.11. [*].

      4.12. [*].

5.    OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

      5.1.  OBLIGATIONS OF PARKERVISION

            5.1.1. NOTICE OF ISSUED PATENTS.
                  Within three (3) months of the issue or grant date of a patent
                  falling  within  the  scope  of  the  ParkerVision  Technology
                  Intellectual    Property   or   the   ParkerVision    Patented
                  Improvements,  ParkerVision  agrees to notify  Licensee of the
                  country,  patent number,  issue date, and title of the patent.
                  Within three (3) months of being notified by any  Intellectual
                  Property  Pool  Licensee of the  issuance or grant of a patent
                  falling  within  the  scope of the  ParkerVision  Intellectual
                  Property Pool,  ParkerVision  agrees to notify Licensee of the
                  country, patent number, issue date, and title of patent.

            5.1.2. PARKERVISION DELIVERABLES.
                  All ParkerVision Deliverables shall be provided to Licensee by
                  ParkerVision  before  the  Effective  Date of this  Agreement.
                  Licensee  agrees  that  by  executing  this  Agreement  it has
                  received all ParkerVision Deliverables.

      5.2.  OBLIGATIONS OF LICENSEE

            5.2.1. RESTRICTED ACCESS TO PARKERVISION INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY POOL.
                  Licensee  agrees that only those  persons  listed in Exhibit H
                  will have access to the Confidential  Information contained in
                  the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property Pool, and that those
                  persons  will  maintain  such   information  as   confidential
                  consistent  with the  confidentiality  terms of this Agreement
                  and the Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement of [*] attached hereto
                  as Exhibit F.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      111
<PAGE>

            5.2.2. SEPARATION.
                  Licensee agrees to notify ParkerVision when any of the persons
                  listed in  Exhibit H is no longer  employed  by or  associated
                  with Licensee,  and the last known location,  if known, of the
                  person.

            5.2.3. ADDITIONAL PERSONS.
                  Additional  persons may be added to Exhibit H by Licensee with
                  ParkerVision's   consent,   which   consent   shall   not   be
                  unreasonably withheld. If the parties agree to add a person or
                  persons  to  the  list  in  Exhibit  H,  then   Licensee   and
                  ParkerVision  shall  execute an Addendum to Exhibit H. Persons
                  listed  in an  Addendum  to  Exhibit  H are  bound by the same
                  obligations  as persons in Exhibit H. Licensee is bound by the
                  same  obligations  for  persons in an Addendum to Exhibit H as
                  for persons  listed in Exhibit H.  Attached as Exhibit G is an
                  individual  Non-Disclosure Agreement form to be signed by each
                  person to be added to the list in Exhibit H.

            5.2.4. SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT FOR LICENSEE.
                  The individual  designated in Exhibit H as the Single Point of
                  Contact  will act as the single  point of contact for Licensee
                  for all technology transfer during the term of this Agreement.
                  Licensee  may  change  this  designee  from  time to time with
                  written notice to  ParkerVision as Licensee deems necessary to
                  perform under this Agreement.

            5.2.5. NOTICE OF ISSUED PATENTS.
                  Within  three  (3)  months  of the  issue or  grant  date of a
                  Licensee Patented Improvement to Licensee,  Licensee agrees to
                  notify ParkerVision of the country, patent number, issue date,
                  and title of the patent.

            5.2.6. REQUIRED MARKINGS AND STATEMENTS.
                  Licensee agrees as follows:
                  a)    Licensee   shall   include  the  Licensed   ParkerVision
                        Trademarks,  and  the  text  "Technology  Licensed  From
                        ParkerVision,"  on  all  marketing  materials,   product
                        documentation,  user manuals, data sheets, and packaging
                        accompanying   Licensed  Cores,   Licensed  Parts,   and
                        Licensed Products Shipped by Licensee, and at Licensee's
                        sole option, on Licensed Cores,  Licensed Parts,  and/or
                        Licensed  Products Shipped by Licensee and/or Licensee's
                        sub-licensees, to the same extent that Licensee includes
                        its own trademarks on same.
                  b)    Licensee  shall  require  each of its  sub-licensees  to
                        include  the  Licensed  ParkerVision  Trademarks  on all
                        marketing materials,

                                      112
<PAGE>

                        product  documentation,  user manuals,  data sheets, and
                        packaging  accompanying  Licensed Cores, Licensed Parts,
                        and Licensed  Products Shipped by the  sub-licensee,  to
                        the  same   extent   that  the   sub-licensee   includes
                        Licensee's trademarks on same.
                  c)    After the Effective  Date of this Agreement and prior to
                        the  first  anniversary  of the  Effective  Date of this
                        Agreement, and at each anniversary of the Effective Date
                        of  this  Agreement,   ParkerVision   shall  provide  to
                        Licensee  a  list  of   patents   in  the   ParkerVision
                        Intellectual Property Pool applicable to Licensed Cores,
                        Licensed Parts,  and/or Licensed  Products being Shipped
                        by   Licensee.   Licensee   shall   include   a  legally
                        appropriate patent notice of such list of patents on all
                        Licensed Cores,  Licensed Parts,  and Licensed  Products
                        Shipped by Licensee.
                  d)    After the Effective  Date of this Agreement and prior to
                        the  first  anniversary  of the  Effective  Date of this
                        Agreement, and at each anniversary of the Effective Date
                        of this Agreement, ParkerVision shall provide to each of
                        Licensee's  sub-licensees  a  list  of  patents  in  the
                        ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property Pool  applicable to
                        Licensed Cores, Licensed Parts, and/or Licensed Products
                        being  Shipped  by  the  sub-licensee.   Licensee  shall
                        require   the   sub-licensee   to   include   a  legally
                        appropriate patent notice of such list of patents on all
                        Licensed Cores,  Licensed Parts,  and Licensed  Products
                        Shipped by the sub-licensee.
                  e)    Licensee  shall  place and display  such other  legends,
                        markings,  and  notices as may be required by any law or
                        regulation in countries  requiring separate  agreements,
                        and  Licensee's  sub-licensees  shall  place and display
                        such  other  legends,  markings,  and  notices as may be
                        required by any law or regulation in countries requiring
                        separate   agreements,   to   the   same   extent   that
                        sub-licensees  place  and  display  same  on  behalf  of
                        Licensee.

            5.2.7. QUALITY CONTROL.
                  The quality of Licensed  Cores,  Licensed  Parts and  Licensed
                  Products shall conform to the reasonable  quality standards of
                  ParkerVision  as it may issue from time to time;  and are of a
                  standard consistent with the prestige and reputation which the
                  Licensed ParkerVision  Trademarks have heretofore developed or
                  develop in the future.

                                      113
<PAGE>

            5.2.8. LIMITATIONS ON USE OF INFORMATION CONTAINED IN EXHIBIT A.
                  Licensee agrees that it will not use the information contained
                  in Exhibit A or the  information  referred  to therein for any
                  purpose  other  than to  perform  its  obligations  under this
                  Agreement.

      5.3.  PARKERVISION AS A CUSTOMER OF LICENSEE.
            During  the  term of this  Agreement,  Licensee  agrees  to sell its
            Legacy  Products,  New  Non-Licensed  Products,  Licensed  Parts and
            Licensed   Products   relating  to  the  Sole  and  Open  Fields  to
            ParkerVision  for use in ParkerVision  products under the same terms
            and  conditions as other  customers of Licensee are offered  similar
            products under similar purchasing conditions, to the extent Licensee
            sells same to  resellers  and/or  OEMs.  Should  similar  purchasing
            conditions not exist,  Licensee will offer  ParkerVision the closest
            most  favorable  terms  to  ParkerVision's   purchasing  conditions.
            Notwithstanding the foregoing, ParkerVision shall only resell Legacy
            Products,  New  Non-Licensed  Products,  Licensed Parts and Licensed
            Products to  end-users.  Licensee  reserves the right to not sell to
            ParkerVision  any  Legacy  Products,   New  Non-Licensed   Products,
            Licensed Parts and Licensed  Products if  ParkerVision  violates the
            foregoing restriction in this Section.

6.    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP

      6.1.  PARKERVISION OWNERSHIP.
            All  ParkerVision   Technology  and  all   ParkerVision   Technology
            Improvements are the sole property of ParkerVision.

      6.2.  LICENSEE OWNERSHIP.
            All  Licensee  Technology  Improvements  are the  sole  property  of
            Licensee.  Licensee  agrees  not to assign  ownership  rights in any
            Licensee  Technology   Improvements  and/or  any  Licensee  Patented
            Improvements  during the term of this  Agreement  to any third party
            who does not agree to be bound by the terms of Sections 1.17,  1.18,
            1.27,  2.6, 2.7, 5.2.5,  and 6.2 of this Agreement  relating to such
            Licensee  Technology   Improvements  and/or  any  Licensee  Patented
            Improvements.

      6.3.  JOINTLY DEVELOPED TECHNOLOGY.
            All  Jointly   Developed   Technology  is  the  joint   property  of
            ParkerVision  and  Licensee.  Either  party  to this  Agreement  may
            initiate  prosecution  of any patent  application  to  protect  such
            Jointly Developed Technology. If

                                      114
<PAGE>

            both  parties  agree  to  equally  share  the  cost  of  filing  and
            prosecuting such patent application,  then the parties shall equally
            control such filing and prosecution. If only one party wishes to pay
            for such filing and prosecution,  then only that party shall control
            the filing and prosecution of such patent application. In all cases,
            any such  patent  application  and any  patents  issued  or  granted
            therefrom shall be jointly owned by ParkerVision  and Licensee.  The
            parties agree to fully cooperate with each other,  including signing
            any documents, to perfect such rights.

      6.4.  FOREIGN PATENT APPLICATIONS.
            ParkerVision agrees to provide Licensee with at least six (6) months
            notice  of  deadlines  for  filing   foreign   patent   applications
            corresponding to the two currently pending U.S. patent  applications
            which contain the subject matter included in the documents listed in
            Exhibit A.  Licensee  agrees  that  within  three (3) months of such
            notice, Licensee shall advise ParkerVision if it wishes ParkerVision
            to file and prosecute patent applications corresponding to such U.S.
            applications in Australia,  China,  Republic of Korea,  and/or South
            Africa.  All reasonable and actual costs  associated with filing and
            prosecuting  such  foreign  patent  applications  will  be  paid  to
            ParkerVision by Licensee as such costs are incurred.  Prosecution of
            such   foreign   applications   shall  be   controlled   solely   by
            ParkerVision,  and all  such  patent  applications  and any  patents
            issued or granted  therefrom shall be solely owned by  ParkerVision.
            The parties  agree that  non-compliance  with any  provision of this
            Section  6.4 by either  party,  other than  non-payment  of costs by
            Licensee to ParkerVision, and other than willful non-compliance with
            any other term  contained in this Section 6.4, does not constitute a
            material breach of this Agreement.

7.    ENFORCEMENT OF RIGHTS

      7.1.  INFRINGEMENT OF IP OWNED BY PARKERVISION.
            Licensee  shall use  reasonable  efforts to inform  ParkerVision  if
            Licensee  learns of any  activities  which may  infringe  any of the
            rights now or hereafter in the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property
            Pool. [*].

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      115
<PAGE>

      7.2.  ASSISTANCE BY LICENSEE.
            In the event that ParkerVision takes action to enforce its rights in
            the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property Pool,  Licensee  agrees to
            cooperate  with  ParkerVision  in  such  enforcement   action,   and
            ParkerVision  agrees  it  will  reimburse  Licensee  for  Licensee's
            actual,  reasonable  expenses.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  and
            subject to  Sections  2.6 and 2.7,  Licensee  reserves  the right to
            control  or direct  enforcement  of its own  intellectual  property,
            including its Licensee Patented Improvements.

      7.3.  RECOVERIES BY PARKERVISION.
            Except as noted below,  ParkerVision shall be entitled to retain all
            recovery,   including  reimbursements  of  any  costs  and  expenses
            resulting from such enforcement  action by  ParkerVision,  including
            without  limitation  sums which might  otherwise  be due Licensee by
            operation of law or otherwise.

      7.4.  ENFORCEMENT OF PARKERVISION IP IN THE SOLE FIELDS.
            Within three (3) months after Licensee has  objectively  established
            (1) a prima facie case of literal  infringement  by a third party of
            one or  more  Selected  Patent  Claims  in the  Sole  Fields  in any
            individual  country;  and (2) that such  third  party has  generated
            gross  revenue  in  excess  of [*] from  such  infringement  in such
            individual  country,  ParkerVision  must inform Licensee  whether it
            intends to take  action  against  the third  party in the country in
            which (1) and (2) above have been satisfied. If the parties disagree
            over whether (1) and/or (2) are satisfied, then the parties agree to
            accept  the  findings  of a neutral  third  party or  neutral  third
            parties agreeable to both parties.

            In the event that ParkerVision  elects to take such action, then all
            decisions   concerning   such   action   shall  be  made  solely  by
            ParkerVision,   and  such  action  shall  be  controlled  solely  by
            ParkerVision, and all costs associated therewith will be (a) paid by
            ParkerVision  if enforcement  occurs in the United States,  (b) paid
            equally by ParkerVision  and Licensee if enforcement  occurs in Base
            Foreign Countries,  and/or (c) [*] paid by ParkerVision and [*] paid
            by Licensee if enforcement occurs in any other country. In the event
            that  ParkerVision  is awarded  damages by a court  and/or jury as a
            result of such  enforcement,  such damages shall be (a) the property
            of ParkerVision if enforcement occurs in the United States, (b)

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      116
<PAGE>

            first  used to  reimburse  the  parties  for the  actual  costs paid
            thereby,  and then divided equally among the parties, if enforcement
            occurs in Base Foreign Countries, and/or (c) first used to reimburse
            the  parties for the actual  costs paid  thereby,  and then  divided
            equally  among  the  parties,  if  enforcement  occurs  in any other
            country.  In all cases, if ParkerVision  elects to take action, then
            such action shall be controlled solely by ParkerVision.

            In the event that ParkerVision elects to not take such action in any
            country in which (1) and (2) have been  satisfied,  and Licensee has
            requested that ParkerVision  take action,  the Royalty Fee otherwise
            due under  this  Agreement  in that  country  [*] if the  infringing
            activity  in  the  country  had  been   performed  by  Licensee  and
            authorized by  ParkerVision  [*],  beginning  three (3) months after
            Licensee has objectively  established  (1) in that country,  and [*]
            ParkerVision takes action against the third party in that country.

      7.5.  ENFORCEMENT OF PARKERVISION IP IN THE OPEN FIELDS.
            Licensee  has no  authority  to enforce  the  intellectual  property
            rights  owned  by  ParkerVision  in  the  ParkerVision  Intellectual
            Property Pool in the Open Fields. Licensee has no right to demand or
            control any enforcement action taken by ParkerVision to enforce such
            rights in the Open Fields.

      7.6.  ENFORCEMENT BY LICENSEE AND ASSISTANCE BY PARKERVISION.
            Licensee  reserves  the sole  right  to  enforce  Licensee  Patented
            Improvements.

            In the event that  Licensee  takes  action to enforce  any  Licensee
            Patented Improvement, ParkerVision agrees to cooperate with Licensee
            in such  enforcement  action,  and Licensee agrees it will reimburse
            ParkerVision for ParkerVision's actual, reasonable expenses.

      7.7.  RECOVERIES BY LICENSEE.
            Licensee  shall  be  entitled  to  retain  all  recovery,  including
            reimbursements  of  any  costs  and  expenses  resulting  from  such
            enforcement  action by Licensee  according to Section 7.6, including
            without limitation sums which might otherwise be due ParkerVision by
            operation of law or otherwise.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      117
<PAGE>

      7.8.  TRADEMARK ENFORCEMENT.
            Licensee  shall  use  reasonable  efforts  to  inform   ParkerVision
            forthwith if Licensee  learns of any goods or  activities  which may
            infringe any of the  Licensed  ParkerVision  Trademarks  [*]. At the
            request of ParkerVision,  Licensee shall provide to ParkerVision any
            necessary  information,  cooperation,  and assistance concerning any
            suspected  infringements  of the Licensed  ParkerVision  Trademarks,
            including  without  limitation  any further  investigation  or legal
            action,   and   ParkerVision   shall  reimburse   Licensee  for  all
            reasonable,  actual  expenses.  ParkerVision  shall  use  reasonable
            efforts to take whatever action, in ParkerVision's  sole discretion,
            it determines is necessary or appropriate under the circumstances to
            enforce  its  rights  in  the  Licensed   ParkerVision   Trademarks,
            including  without  limitation legal action to suppress or eliminate
            any such infringement  where such infringement is or will materially
            injure Licensee's business with respect to Licensed Cores,  Licensed
            Parts or Licensed  Products on which,  or with which,  the  Licensed
            ParkerVision  Trademarks are used. ParkerVision shall be entitled to
            retain all recovery, including reimbursements of any costs, expenses
            and damages  resulting from such  infringements,  including  without
            limitation  sums which might  otherwise be due Licensee by operation
            of law or otherwise. Licensee shall have no authority to enforce any
            trademark rights of ParkerVision,  nor shall Licensee have any right
            to demand or control  any  action by  ParkerVision  to enforce  such
            rights.

8.    CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

      8.1.  USE AND DISCLOSURE.

            Each  party  agrees  to  take   reasonable   steps  to  protect  the
            Confidential  Information and the media containing such Confidential
            Information. The parties agree not to:
            a)    use such  Confidential  Information  except as required by the
                  normal and proper course of performing under this Agreement;
            b)    disclose  such  Confidential  Information  to a  third  party,
                  including any  sub-licensee  of Licensee who has not satisfied
                  the requirements of Section 2.9; and

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      118
<PAGE>

            c)    allow third party access, including access by any sub-licensee
                  of Licensee who has not satisfied the  requirements of Section
                  2.9,  to  such  Confidential  Information  without  the  prior
                  written approval of the other party.

      8.2.  DESIGNATION.
            All Confidential  Information and media containing such Confidential
            Information  is  the  property  of  the  party  whose   Confidential
            Information  it is.  The  Parties  agree  to mark  all  Confidential
            Information with the legend "Confidential".

      8.3.  ORAL CONVEYANCE.
            If Confidential  Information is provided orally,  within 30 days the
            disclosing  party  agrees to  provide  the  receiving  party  with a
            written   summary   of   such   Confidential   Information,   marked
            "Confidential".

      8.4.  DISCLOSURE TO PROSPECTS, CUSTOMERS, AND DISTRIBUTION CHANNELS.
            Licensee may not disclose any ParkerVision  Confidential Information
            to prospective  customers who are not current Intellectual  Property
            Pool Licensees.

9.    INDEMNIFICATIONS AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY.

      9.1.  ABILITY TO LICENSE.
            Each  party  represents  and  warrants  that it has the  ability  to
            license the rights granted herein for the purpose of this Agreement,
            and that it has not made and will not make any  commitments to third
            parties that are inconsistent with or in derogation of such rights.

      9.2.  DISCLAIMER.
            Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation  or
            warranty of (1) the accuracy,  safety, or usefulness for any purpose
            of  the  ParkerVision   Technology  and/or  ParkerVision  Technology
            Improvements,  or  (2)  that  Licensed  Sub-Parts,  Licensed  Cores,
            Licensed Parts and/or Licensed  Products will be free from claims of
            infringement of any Patent,  trademark,  trade dress,  copyright, or
            other intellectual property right of any third party. Except for its
            own negligence,  ParkerVision shall have no liability  whatsoever to
            Licensee or any other person for or on account of any injury,  loss,
            or  damage,  of any kind or  nature,  sustained  by,  or any  damage
            assessed or asserted against,  or any other liability incurred by or
            imposed upon Licensee or any other person,

                                      119
<PAGE>

            arising  out of or in  connection  with or  resulting  from  (a) the
            manufacture,  use, or sale of Licensed  Sub-Parts,  Licensed  Cores,
            Licensed Parts and/or Licensed  Products,  or (b) any advertising or
            promotional   activities  in  connection  with  Licensed  Sub-Parts,
            Licensed Cores, Licensed Parts and/or Licensed Products.

      9.3.  REPRESENTATION BY PARKERVISION.
            ParkerVision   represents   that   ParkerVision   has   conducted  a
            patentability  search related to the subject matter described in the
            documents listed in Exhibit A (the references identified as a result
            of such search have been  delivered to Licensee as part of item 6 of
            Exhibit B), and based on that search,  ParkerVision has no knowledge
            that  the   ParkerVision   Technology  or  ParkerVision   Technology
            Improvements  infringe any patents,  copyrights,  trade secrets,  or
            other applicable proprietary rights of any third party.

      9.4.  INDEMNIFICATION BY PARKERVISION.
            ParkerVision agrees to indemnify and hold Licensee harmless from and
            against  any  claim,  suit,  loss,  damage,  or  expense  (including
            reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  against  Licensee,  arising out of or
            relating to any negligence by ParkerVision or breach by ParkerVision
            of  any   representation   and  warranty  by  ParkerVision  in  this
            Agreement. ParkerVision shall have the right, at its own expense, to
            enter and defend  against any such claim or suit  against  Licensee,
            using counsel of  ParkerVision's  choice, or to settle such claim or
            suit.  Licensee  shall  have  the  right,  at its  own  expense,  to
            participate in such claim or suit using Licensee's own counsel.

      9.5.  INDEMNIFICATION BY LICENSEE.
            Licensee agrees to indemnify and hold ParkerVision harmless from and
            against  any  claim,  suit,  loss,  damage,  or  expense  (including
            reasonable  attorneys' fees) against  ParkerVision arising out of or
            relating  to any  negligence  or  fault by  Licensee  or  breach  by
            Licensee  of any  representation  or  warranty  by  Licensee  in the
            Agreement,  or arising out of or relating to  negligence or fault by
            Licensee  in the  manufacture,  marketing,  or sale of any  Licensed
            Sub-Parts, Licensed Cores, Licensed Parts, and/or Licensed Products.
            Licensee  shall have the  right,  at its own  expense,  to enter and
            defend  against any such claim or suit against  ParkerVision,  using
            counsel of the Licensee's  choice,  or to settle such claim or suit.
            ParkerVision   shall  have  the  right,  at  its  own  expense,   to
            participate in such claim or suit using ParkerVision's own counsel.

                                      120
<PAGE>

      9.6.  NOTIFICATION OF CLAIM.
            Each party agrees to notify the other party of any claim or suit for
            which  the other  party  may have an  obligation  to  indemnify  the
            notifying  party within sixty (60) days of when the notifying  party
            learns of such claim or suit.

      9.7.  PROVIDED "AS IS".
            THE PARKERVISION  TECHNOLOGY,  PARKERVISION  TECHNOLOGY INTELLECTUAL
            PROPERTY,   PARKERVISION   TECHNOLOGY   IMPROVEMENTS,   PARKERVISION
            PATENTED IMPROVEMENTS,  PARKERVISION INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY POOL, AND
            JOINTLY  DEVELOPED  TECHNOLOGY  ARE  PROVIDED  TO  LICENSEE  "AS IS"
            WITHOUT  WARRANTY  OF ANY  KIND,  EXPRESS,  IMPLIED,  STATUTORY,  OR
            OTHERWISE,  INCLUDING  BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED  WARRANTIES OF
            MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

      9.8.  REMEDY.
            Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this  Agreement,  a party's
            monetary  remedy for  breach of this  Agreement  by the other  party
            cannot exceed the amount paid by Licensee to ParkerVision under this
            Agreement  up  to  the  time  of  the  breach.  Notwithstanding  the
            foregoing,  each party retains all applicable  specific  performance
            remedies provided in law or equity against the other party.

      9.9.  ENTIRE LIABILITY.
            The  foregoing  provisions  of  this  Section  9  state  the  entire
            liability and  obligations  of each party with respect to any causes
            of action covered in this Section 9.

10.   TERM AND TERMINATION

      10.1. TERM.
            The term of this  Agreement  shall commence as of the Effective Date
            and unless and until  terminated  or extended by the parties,  shall
            continue until the end of [*]. Subject to the restrictions set forth
            herein,   the  Second  Term  of  Contract  shall  begin  immediately
            following the expiration of [*].

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      121
<PAGE>

      10.2. TERMINATION.

            This Agreement cannot be terminated by Licensee during the Design-In
            Period, except pursuant to Section 10.2.4.

            10.2.1. If Licensee  breaches by (a) failing to pay to  ParkerVision
                  the fees and amounts as specified  herein,  including  but not
                  limited to the  requirements  of Section 2.8 and/or Exhibit E,
                  or (b) willfully  violating the  requirements of Sections 2.1,
                  2.2, and 2.4, then ParkerVision shall have the right,  without
                  prejudice  to any  other  rights  ParkerVision  may  have,  to
                  terminate  this  Agreement by giving  thirty (30) days written
                  notice to  Licensee.  This notice shall  automatically  become
                  effective    unless   Licensee    remedies   the   breach   to
                  ParkerVision's  reasonable satisfaction within the said thirty
                  (30) day period.

            10.2.2. If  ParkerVision  materially  fails to perform or  otherwise
                  materially   breaches  any  of  its  obligations   under  this
                  Agreement, Licensee shall have the right, without prejudice to
                  any  other  rights   Licensee  may  have,  to  terminate  this
                  Agreement  by  giving  thirty  (30)  days  written  notice  to
                  ParkerVision,  or to  adopt  the  rights  and  obligations  of
                  Sections  10.9(a)-(c).  This notice shall automatically become
                  effective   unless   ParkerVision   remedies   the  breach  to
                  Licensee's reasonable satisfaction within the said thirty (30)
                  day period.

            10.2.3. After the end of [*],  if Licensee  objectively  establishes
                  that  (1) no  patent  claim in the  ParkerVision  Intellectual
                  Property Pool reads on any Licensed  Sub-Part,  Licensed Core,
                  Licensed  Part,  and/or  Licensed  Product that was made,  had
                  made, used,  sold,  and/or offered for sale by Licensee and/or
                  any of its  sub-licensees  during the  preceding  twelve  (12)
                  month  period,  and (2)  there  are no  trade  secrets  in the
                  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property  Pool  applicable  to any
                  Licensed  Sub-Part,   Licensed  Core,  Licensed  Part,  and/or
                  Licensed Product that was made, had made,  used, sold,  and/or
                  offered for sale by Licensee  and/or any of its  sub-licensees
                  during the preceding  twelve (12) month period,  then Licensee
                  shall have the right to  terminate  this  Agreement  by giving
                  thirty (30) days written notice to ParkerVision.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      122
<PAGE>

            10.2.4. If (1) Licensee  has made best  efforts to use  ParkerVision
                  Technology and  ParkerVision  Technology  Improvements (to the
                  extent such  ParkerVision  Technology  Improvements  have been
                  provided  by  ParkerVision  to  Licensee)  to  develop  a WLAN
                  implementation according to IEEE 802.11b, and (2) both parties
                  reasonably agree that ParkerVision  Technology or ParkerVision
                  Technology  Improvements  (to  the  extent  such  ParkerVision
                  Technology  Improvements have been provided by ParkerVision to
                  Licensee) cannot be used to develop a commercially  reasonable
                  WLAN  implementation  according  to IEEE  802.11b  (or another
                  standard that the parties may reasonably agree upon), then (a)
                  this  Agreement  terminates  as of the  date  of  such  mutual
                  agreement  of  (2),  and  (b)  ParkerVision  agrees  that  the
                  eighteen  (18) month term  specified  in Section  19(a) of the
                  Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit F)
                  shall be accelerated to the date of such mutual agreement.

      10.3. EFFECT OF TERMINATION.
            Upon   termination  of  this  Agreement   under  Sections  10.2  and
            10.10.1.1,  all rights  granted herein by  ParkerVision  to Licensee
            shall terminate.

      10.4. SURVIVAL.
            Certain  provisions of this Agreement  impose duties and obligations
            or convey rights beyond the termination of this Agreement,  and such
            provisions  shall be operative until such duties and obligations are
            fully discharged or the specific time prescribed therefor expires or
            such rights are  exercised or the specific  time  therefor  expires.
            Those duties and obligations are:
            a)    In the event that this Agreement is terminated for any reason,
                  any amounts  due and owing to  ParkerVision  will  immediately
                  become due and  payable,  and  payments  made by  Licensee  to
                  ParkerVision  prior to termination  shall not be refundable to
                  Licensee;
            b)    The  provisions of  paragraphs  5.2.1.  (Restricted  Access to
                  ParkerVision    Intellectual   Property   Pool)   and   5.2.2.
                  (Separation),   5.2.5.   (Notice   of  Issued   Patents),   8.
                  (Confidential Information), 12. (Governing Law and Mediation),
                  and 14.  (Miscellaneous) shall survive any termination of this
                  Agreement for any reason.

                                      123
<PAGE>

      10.5. RIGHT OF SELL-OFF.
            Licensee  has the right to sell off  existing  inventory of Licensed
            Parts and Licensed Products for a period of [*] after termination of
            this Agreement.

            ParkerVision  and any  Intellectual  Property Pool Licensee each has
            the right to sell off existing inventory of sub-parts, parts, cores,
            and/or products that include  Licensee  Patented  Improvements for a
            period of [*] after termination of this Agreement.

      10.6. NO RIGHTS AFTER TERMINATION.
            Licensee  agrees that with the sole  exception of the limited rights
            of sell off under  paragraph  10.5 above,  no rights shall extend to
            Licensee beyond the termination of this Agreement, and that Licensee
            shall not be entitled to any compensatory payment on the termination
            of this  Agreement  under  Sections  10.2  and  10.10.1.1.  Licensee
            further  agrees  that  upon  termination  of  this  Agreement  under
            Sections 10.2 and 10.10.1.1,  Licensee shall  immediately  cease all
            use of the Licensed ParkerVision Trademarks, with the sole exception
            of Section 10.5, and that, at ParkerVision's request, Licensee shall
            take all steps and actions as may be necessary to reflect or confirm
            the termination,  and/or  surrender of Licensee's  rights to use the
            same.

      10.7. IRREPARABLE INJURY
            Licensee  acknowledges  and admits that failure  herein to cease its
            activities  (except as  provided in Section  10.5) as required  upon
            expiration or termination of this agreement will result in immediate
            and irreparable damage to ParkerVision.

      10.8. LICENSEE RIGHTS DURING SECOND TERM OF CONTRACT
            In the event that this Agreement is not terminated  prior to the end
            of  [*],  and  provided  that  Licensee   satisfies  the  terms  and
            conditions of this Agreement including the license fee provisions of
            Section  4,  the  Agreement  shall  continue  for a  Second  Term of
            Contract during which Licensee and its sub-licensees may:

            (1)   continue  to  operate  according  to the Sole Right of Section
                  2.1,  subject to the maintenance of exclusivity  provisions of
                  Section 2.3,  and the Open Right of Section 2.2,  with respect
                  to Pre-Termination Licensed Units; and

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      124
<PAGE>

            (2)   operate according to the Sole Right of Section 2.1, subject to
                  the maintenance of exclusivity  provisions of Section 2.3, and
                  the Open Right of Section  2.2,  with  respect to New Licensed
                  Cores, New Licensed Parts and New Licensed Products,  provided
                  that Licensee pays to ParkerVision an extended minimum royalty
                  fee per Measurement Period which shall be credited against any
                  Royalty Fee actually due from Licensee to ParkerVision for the
                  Measurement  Period  under  Section 4 of this  Agreement.  The
                  initial  extended  minimum  royalty  fee is [*],  and  will be
                  increased [*] of the Second Term of Contract [*].

                  If Licensee does not pay to ParkerVision  the extended minimum
                  royalty fee per each Measurement  Period of the Second Term of
                  Contract  as   specified   above,   then   Licensee   and  its
                  sub-licensees  shall have no right  thereafter  to make,  have
                  made, use, sell,  and/or offer to sell any new Licensed Cores,
                  Licensed Parts and/or Licensed Products that differ in design,
                  implementation,  technical specification or functionality from
                  Licensed Cores,  Licensed Parts and/or Licensed  Products that
                  were Shipped by Licensee or its sub-licensee(s)  prior to such
                  non-payment.

      10.9. EFFECT OF OTHER BREACH BY LICENSEE.

            If Licensee (1) materially fails to perform or otherwise  materially
            breaches any of its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  other than
            specified  in  Sections  10.2 and  10.10.1.1;  or (2)  commences  or
            becomes the subject of any case or proceeding  under the bankruptcy,
            insolvency,  or  equivalent  laws  of  any  country,  or if a  court
            appoints  a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,  custodian,
            sequestrator  (or other  similar  official)  for Licensee or for any
            substantial  part of the property of Licensee,  or if Licensee makes
            an  assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or if Licensee  takes
            corporate  action in  furtherance  of any of the  foregoing;  or (3)
            asserts in a press release,  to an  administrative  body including a
            patent  office,  or a court,  that any patent  claim  and/or  patent
            covering the ParkerVision  Technology or the  ParkerVision  Patented
            Improvements may be invalid or unenforceable, then:

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      125
<PAGE>

            (a)   All Sole  Rights  granted to  Licensee  and its  sub-licensees
                  shall  immediately  revert to Open Rights,  and Licensee shall
                  have no right to grant new  sub-licenses  after the occurrence
                  of (1), (2), and/or (3).

            (b)   Licensee  and  its  sub-licensees  shall  be  prohibited  from
                  making, having made, using,  selling,  and/or offering to sell
                  any Licensed  Sub-Part,  Licensed Core,  Licensed Part, and/or
                  Licensed Product that differ in design, implementation, and/or
                  technical   specification  or   functionality   from  Licensed
                  Sub-Parts,  Licensed Cores,  Licensed  Parts,  and/or Licensed
                  Products   commercially   Shipped  by   Licensee   and/or  its
                  sub-licensees prior to the occurrence of (1), (2), and/or (3),
                  and  all  license   grants   contained   herein  and  relating
                  theretoshall be revoked.

            (c)   provided that Licensee  satisfies the terms and  conditions of
                  this  Agreement,  including  the  license  fee  provisions  of
                  Section 4,  Licensee  and its  sub-licensees  may  continue to
                  operate  in the Open  Fields  only with  respect  to  Licensed
                  Sub-Parts,  Licensed Cores,  Licensed  Parts,  and/or Licensed
                  Products   commercially   Shipped  by   Licensee   and/or  its
                  sub-licensees prior to the occurrence of (1), (2), and/or (3).

      10.10.BREACH OF TERMS RELATING TO SOLE AND/OR OPEN FIELDS.

            10.10.1. WILLFUL BREACH.

                  10.10.1.1. If Licensee willfully violates the terms of Section
                        2.9.1,  and/or  willfully  violates the  requirement  of
                        Section 2.10 to notify in writing any  Recipient to whom
                        Licensee  Ships  any  Licensed  Part in the Sole  Fields
                        and/or the Open Fields that such  Licensed Part shall be
                        used, sold, or offered for sale by Recipient only in the
                        applicable  Sole Fields and/or Open Field,  and Licensee
                        fails  to   completely   remedy  the   violation,   then
                        ParkerVision at its option may terminate this Agreement.

                  10.10.1.2. If  ParkerVision  willfully  violates  the terms of
                        Section  2.11.1, and ParkerVision  fails  to  completely
                        remedy the violation,  then all fees specified herein as
                        to Licensee shall be reduced by [*] and all fees

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      126
<PAGE>

                        specified herein as to Licensee's sub-licensees shall be
                        reduced  by  [*]   although  no  fees  already  paid  to
                        ParkerVision   by  Licensee   shall  be   refundable  to
                        Licensee,  and Licensee  shall be allowed to continue to
                        sub-license  rights  pursuant to Section 2.9 in the Open
                        Fields and Sole Fields (the  parties  agree that at this
                        point no Sole Rights may remain),  and  ParkerVision  is
                        not allowed to further license third parties in the Sole
                        Fields.

            10.10.2. NON-WILLFUL BREACH.

                  10.10.2.1. If Licensee  violates  the terms of Section  2.9.1,
                        and/or  violates  the  requirement  of  Section  2.10 to
                        notify in writing any Recipient to whom  Licensee  Ships
                        any  Licensed  Part in the Sole  Fields  and/or the Open
                        Fields that such Licensed  Part shall be used,  sold, or
                        offered  for sale by  Recipient  only in the  applicable
                        Sole Fields and/or Open Field, and such violation is not
                        willful,  upon  notice  pursuant  to  Section 11 of such
                        violation,  and upon failure to cure within  thirty (30)
                        days  thereof,  then all  fees  specified  herein  as to
                        Licensee only shall be increased by [*] in the countries
                        in which  such  violation  occurred,  and the fees shall
                        remain increased until Licensee  completely remedies the
                        violation.

                  10.10.2.2.  If  ParkerVision  violates  the  terms of  Section
                        2.11.1,  and such violation is not willful,  upon notice
                        pursuant  to  Section  11 of such  violation,  and  upon
                        failure to cure within  thirty (30) days  thereof,  then
                        all fees  specified  herein as to Licensee only shall be
                        decreased  by  [*]  in  the   countries  in  which  such
                        violation occurred,  and the fees shall remain decreased
                        until ParkerVision completely remedies the violation.

- -------------------
*     Certain  information  on this page has been  omitted and filed  separately
      with  the  Commission.  Confidential  treatment  has been  requested  with
      respect to the omitted portion.

                                      127
<PAGE>

11.   NOTICES

      11.1. PARKERVISION.
            Any notices or other  communications  which are required  under this
            Agreement shall be sent to ParkerVision at:
                  ParkerVision, Inc.
                  8493 Baymeadows Way
                  Jacksonville, Florida 32256
                  Attn: Chief Financial Officer

      11.2. LICENSEE.
            Any notices or other  communications  which are required  under this
            Agreement shall be sent to Licensee at:
                  Symbol Technologies, Inc.
                  One Symbol Plaza
                  Holtsville, NY 11742-1300
                  Attn: President

      11.3. EFFECTIVE DATE OF NOTICE.
            Any notice shall be considered  given and effective  when  delivered
            personally,  or three (3) business days after being sent by courier,
            or seven (7) business  days after being mailed via the United States
            Post  Office  by  registered  or  certified  mail,   return  receipt
            requested.

12.   GOVERNING LAW AND MEDIATION

      12.1. GOVERNING LAW.
            This  Agreement  shall be governed by and  interpreted in accordance
            with the laws of the State of Delaware, U.S.A., without reference to
            conflict of laws principles.

      12.2. MEDIATION.
            All  disputes and  differences  between  Licensee  and  ParkerVision
            arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled
            amicably  through  negotiations  between the  parties.  In case such
            dispute or difference  cannot be settled by such means,  the parties
            agree to mediate in good faith in  English,  in a location  mutually
            agreeable to the parties.

      12.3. LITIGATION.
            All litigation  between  ParkerVision and Licensee arising out of or
            in connection  with this  Agreement  shall be filed and litigated in
            the State of Delaware,  U.S.A.  For the purpose of same, the parties
            agree that they are subject to personal jurisdiction in the State of
            Delaware.

                                      128
<PAGE>

13.   FORCE MAJEURE
      Either  party  shall be  excused  from  delays in  performing  or from its
      failure to perform  hereunder  to the extent  that such delays or failures
      result from causes such as war or natural  disasters  which are beyond the
      reasonable  control of the party,  provided  that,  in order to be excused
      from delay or failure to perform,  the party must act diligently to remedy
      such delay or failure.

14.   MISCELLANEOUS

      14.1. CONFIDENTIALITY OF AGREEMENT.
            Each party agrees that the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement
            shall be treated as  Confidential  Information.  Neither  party will
            disclose  the terms or  conditions  to any third  party  without the
            prior written  consent of the other party,  except that either party
            may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement:
            1)    as required by any court or other governmental body;
            2)    as required otherwise by law;
            3)    to  legal  counsel  of the  parties,  accountants,  and  other
                  professional advisors;
            4)    to a third  party  who is  negotiating  with  ParkerVision  or
                  Licensee to acquire  ParkerVision (or substantially all of the
                  D2DTM division of ParkerVision,  and/or  ParkerVision's rights
                  in the  ParkerVision  Intellectual  Property Pool) or Licensee
                  (or substantially all of the RF division of Licensee), as long
                  as  the  third   party   agrees  in  writing  to  maintain  as
                  confidential  any  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement
                  disclosed to the third party;
            5)    to a  third  party  who is  negotiating  with  Licensee  for a
                  sub-license,  as long as the third party  agrees in writing to
                  maintain  as  confidential  any terms and  conditions  of this
                  Agreement   disclosed  to  the  third  party,  and  all  other
                  applicable conditions of Section 2.9 have been satisfied; or
            6)    to a third party who is negotiating  with  ParkerVision  for a
                  license,  as long as the  third  party  agrees in  writing  to
                  maintain  as  confidential  any terms and  conditions  of this
                  Agreement  disclosed  to  the  third  party,  except  that  no
                  financial  terms of this  Agreement  shall be  disclosed,  and
                  Licensee's  name and address will be redacted from any copy of
                  the  Agreement  shown to such third  party,  and  ParkerVision
                  shall use  reasonable  efforts to  otherwise  protect  against
                  disclosure of Licensee's identify to such third party.

                                      129
<PAGE>

      14.2. ANNOUNCEMENTS.
            Notwithstanding  that the terms and conditions of this Agreement are
            confidential, Licensee and ParkerVision agree to issue a joint press
            release where  Licensee  announces  that it has chosen  ParkerVision
            Technology for use in Licensee's new radio-based products, and where
            ParkerVision  announces that it has provided  Licensee,  a leader in
            the WLAN and Information  Technology market and radio design, with a
            sole license to  ParkerVision  Technology for the WLAN market.  Both
            parties agree to a mutually agreeable press release at signing.

      14.3. ASSIGNMENT BY LICENSEE.
            This Agreement is personal to Licensee. However, Licensee may assign
            or  transfer  any of its rights or delegate  any of its  obligations
            under  this   Agreement   without  the  prior  written   consent  of
            ParkerVision only to a party who acquires Licensee (or substantially
            all of Licensee's RF business operations).

      14.4. ASSIGNMENT BY PARKERVISION.
            This Agreement is personal to  ParkerVision.  However,  ParkerVision
            may  assign or  transfer  any of its rights or  delegate  any of its
            obligations  under this Agreement  without the prior written consent
            of Licensee only to a party who acquires ParkerVision,  or only to a
            party  who  acquires   ParkerVision's  rights  in  the  ParkerVision
            Intellectual   Property   Pool  and  the   ParkerVision   Technology
            Improvements.

      14.5. BIND AND BENEFIT.
            This Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit
            of, the parties' respective successor.

      14.6. RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES.
            ParkerVision  and  Licensee  have  entered  into this  Agreement  as
            independent  contractors  only  and in no way  is  one  party  to be
            construed as the agent,  or acting as the agent,  of the other party
            in any respect.  Nothing contained in this Agreement places or shall
            be construed to place the parties in the  relationship  of partners,
            joint venturers, agency, or legal representation,  and neither party
            shall  have any  authority  or power to  obligate  or bind the other
            party in any manner.

                                      130
<PAGE>

      14.7. PRIOR OBLIGATIONS.
            Each  party  represents  and  warrants  that by  entering  into  and
            performing  under this  Agreement  they are not in conflict with any
            prior  obligations  to any third party.  Each party agrees that they
            will not  intentionally  disclose  to or use on  behalf of the other
            party any information proprietary to any third party, unless written
            authorization  from such third  party is first  obtained in form and
            substance satisfactory to the other party.

      14.8. SEVERABILITY.
            The  provisions  of this  Agreement  are  severable.  If a court  of
            competent   jurisdiction   should  declare  any  provision  of  this
            Agreement  unenforceable,  the other provisions shall remain in full
            force and effect, and the court is empowered to modify, if possible,
            the  unenforceable  provision  to the  extent  necessary  to make it
            enforceable.

      14.9. HEADINGS.
            The paragraph and section  headings and numbering in this  Agreement
            are  included  solely for  convenience  of  reference.  They are not
            intended  to be complete  or  accurate  descriptions  of the section
            contents, and shall not affect the interpretation or be considered a
            part of this Agreement.

      14.10. CHANGES TO THIS AGREEMENT.
            No alteration,  amendment,  waiver,  cancellation or other change in
            any term or condition of this Agreement shall be valid or binding on
            either party,  unless the same shall have been mutually agreed to in
            writing by duly authorized representatives of both parties.

      14.11. WAIVER.
            The failure of either  party to insist upon strict  adherence to any
            provision of this  Agreement on any occasion  shall not constitute a
            waiver,  or deprive or limit that party's right thereafter to insist
            upon strict adherence to that provision in a particular  instance or
            any provision in any instance. Any waiver shall be in writing signed
            by the party granting the waiver.

      14.12. AGREEMENT ONLY UPON FULL EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.
            This Agreement shall not be binding upon either party, or constitute
            a note or  memorandum of the material  terms of an agreement,  until
            each  party  has  received  delivery  of a copy  of  this  Agreement
            executed on behalf of both parties.

                                      131
<PAGE>

15.   CHANGE OF CONTROL

      In the event that  ParkerVision  is acquired by a third party who produces
      or has produced semiconductors,  and Licensee is outsourcing semiconductor
      manufacturing for Licensee's  Licensed  Sub-Parts,  Licensed Parts, and/or
      Licensed  Products in the Sole Field  and/or the Open  Field,  then to the
      extent Licensee is not otherwise restricted in its contract with a current
      semiconductor  manufacturing company, Licensee agrees to negotiate in good
      faith to  provide  the  acquiring  party the  first  right of  refusal  to
      manufacture  the  Licensed  Sub-Parts,  Licensed  Parts,  and/or  Licensed
      Products  for  Licensee  as  long as the  acquiring  party  agrees  to pay
      Licensee's  cost  of  transferring  production  to the  acquiring  party's
      production  line,  and the quality and other terms of the acquiring  party
      are at least as favorable as those  currently  extended to Licensee by its
      current semiconductor supplier for the same WLAN components.

16.   PRIOR AGREEMENTS

      16.1. This  Agreement  supercedes  all prior  agreements,  understandings,
            commitments,  negotiations,  and  discussions  between the  parties,
            whether oral or written,  about the subject matter herein except for
            the Mutual Non-Disclosure  Agreement between the parties executed on
            [*],  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  F. In the event  that there is a
            conflict  between  this  Agreement  and  the  Mutual  Non-Disclosure
            Agreement (see, for example,  Sections 16 and 19), the terms of this
            Agreement control.

      16.2. NON-DISCLOSURE  AGREEMENT  FORMS.  The parties agree to negotiate in
            good faith to develop  non-disclosure  agreement forms that Licensee
            can use with potential sub-licensees and with potential acquirers of
            Licensee (or the RF division  thereof).  The parties  agree that, in
            developing such non-disclosure  agreement forms, they will negotiate
            in good faith to address  Licensee's  concern that third parties may
            have difficulty  with agreeing to at least the following  provisions
            of the Mutual  Non-Disclosure  Agreement (Exhibit F): Sections 3, 5,
            16, and 19, and Section 7 of the Individual Non-Disclosure Agreement
            (Exhibit G). The parties  agree that they will work to finalize such
            non-disclosure  agreement  forms  within  seven  (7) days  after the
            Effective  Date of this  Agreement  (Licensee will provide drafts of
            such forms to  ParkerVision),  although  failure to so finalize such
            non-disclosure agreement forms shall not constitute a breach of this
            Agreement.  After the parties agree on such non-disclosure agreement
            forms, Licensee may use such forms without further consultation with
            ParkerVision.  ParkerVision  must  approve in writing  any  material
            changes to the non-disclosure agreement forms [*].

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      132
<PAGE>

17.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT

      Subject to Section 16 above,  the terms and  conditions  contained  herein
      constitute  the entire  Agreement  between the parties with respect to the
      subject matter herein.

The  undersigned  represent  that they are  authorized to sign this Agreement on
behalf of the party for whom they are  signing.  Each party has relied upon said
representations in entering into this Agreement.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed
by duly authorized representatives.

PARKERVISION, INC                       LICENSEE

/s/ Jeffrey L. Parker                   /s/ Richard
- ----------------------------            ------------
 (signature)                            (signature)
By:    Jeffrey L. Parker                By:    Richard
Title: CEO                              Title: SVP, GM
Date:  10/12/99                         Date:  10/12/99

                                      133
<PAGE>

        EXHIBIT A - LIST OF DOCUMENTS DESCRIBING PARKERVISION TECHNOLOGY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            DOCUMENT TITLE                        SERIAL NUMBER OF CORRESPONDING
                                                     U.S. PATENT APPLICATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Receiver                                          [*]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transmitter                                       [*]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      134
<PAGE>

                  EXHIBIT B - LIST OF PARKERVISION DELIVERABLES

1.   One  complete  ParkerVision  Wireless  LAN  prototype  consisting  of  both
     transmit and receive units,  and one additional  modulator and  demodulator
     board from the Wireless LAN prototypes.

2.   Ten or more Dual D2DTM Integrated Circuits.

3.   Spice decks for D2DTM  simulations.  Licensee  understands  that such Spice
     decks include information confidential to [*]. Licensee agrees that it will
     not access any  information  from the Spice decks until it has  executed an
     appropriate Non-Disclosure Agreement with [*].

4.   IEEE 802.11 prototype test data,  contained in the ParkerVision IEEE 802.11
     Application Note which is representative of the latest transmit and receive
     data.

5.   Patent  Documents listed in Exhibit A. Licensee shall make no more than one
     (1) copy of each of these Patent Documents listed in Exhibit A.

6.   References of record in the U.S. patent applications listed in Exhibit A.

7.   Slides from  presentation  to Licensee  by  ParkerVision  on [*], a copy of
     which is to be sent to Licensee within seven (7) days of the Effective Date
     of this Agreement.

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      135
<PAGE>

              EXHIBIT C - LIST OF LICENSED PARKERVISION TRADEMARKS

1.   D2D logo (to be provided to Licensee from ParkerVision within fourteen (14)
     days after the Effective Date of this Agreement).

2.   Stylized  Direct2Data  logo (to be provided to Licensee  from  ParkerVision
     within fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of this Agreement).

3.   D2D/ParkerVision  logo (to be provided to Licensee from ParkerVision within
     fourteen (14) days after the Effective Date of this Agreement).

                                      136
<PAGE>

                 EXHIBIT D - LIST OF LICENSEE'S LEGACY PRODUCTS

                                       [*]

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      137
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E

The monies specified herein are in U.S. dollars.

LICENSE FEES

As provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2, Licensee shall pay to ParkerVision both the
Pre-Paid  Royalty  Fee and the Royalty  Fee as defined  below.  A Royalty Fee as
specified herein shall be due from Licensee to ParkerVision upon the Shipment of
each Royalty Bearing Unit by Licensee and each of its sub-licensees, pursuant to
Section 4.3 (Assessment  Period),  during the term of this Agreement,  including
the Design-In Period.

PRE-PAID ROYALTY FEE.

[*] to be paid to ParkerVision  upon execution of this  Agreement,  and [*] upon
the  occurrence  of the  first  tape-out  that is  objectively  satisfactory  to
Licensee,  of a Licensed  Sub-Part,  Licensed  Core,  Licensed  Part or Licensed
Product  by  Licensee  or its  sub-licensee(s).  After the end of the  Design-In
Period,  if Licensee has not  completely  paid the Pre-Paid  Royalty Fee of [*],
then  ParkerVision  has the option of  terminating  this  Agreement  pursuant to
Section 10.

[*].

[*].

ROYALTY FEE.

ONE LICENSED  SUB-PART.  During the Design-In  Period,  and for each Measurement
Period following the Design-In  Period,  the Royalty Fee is equal to the greater
of (1) [*]of each Royalty Bearing Unit having a single Licensed Sub-Part Shipped
by  Licensee or its  parent,  subsidiaries,  partners,  joint  ventures,  and/or
affiliates,  and/or Licensee's  sub-licensees,  during each Assessment Period of
this Agreement,  or (2) the Minimum  Royalty Fee defined below.  Notwithstanding
(1) and (2), the Royalty Fee [*] for each  Royalty  Bearing Unit having a single
Licensed  Sub-Part  Shipped by Licensee or its parent,  subsidiaries,  partners,
joint ventures, and/or affiliates, and/or Licensee's sub-licensees.

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      138
<PAGE>

TWO LICENSED  SUB-PARTS.  During the Design-In Period,  and for each Measurement
Period following the Design-In  Period,  the Royalty Fee is equal to the greater
of (1) [*]of each Royalty Bearing Unit having two Licensed  Sub-Parts Shipped by
Licensee  or  its  parent,   subsidiaries,   partners,  joint  ventures,  and/or
affiliates,  and/or Licensee's  sub-licensees,  during each Assessment Period of
this Agreement,  or (2) the Minimum  Royalty Fee defined below.  Notwithstanding
(1) and (2),  the  Royalty  Fee [*] for each  Royalty  Bearing  Unit  having two
Licensed  Sub-Parts Shipped by Licensee or its parent,  subsidiaries,  partners,
joint ventures, and/or affiliates, and/or Licensee's sub-licensees.

THREE LICENSED SUB-PARTS.  During the Design-In Period, and for each Measurement
Period following the Design-In  Period,  the Royalty Fee is equal to the greater
of (1) [*] of each Royalty Bearing Unit having three Licensed  Sub-Parts Shipped
by  Licensee or its  parent,  subsidiaries,  partners,  joint  ventures,  and/or
affiliates,  and/or Licensee's  sub-licensees,  during each Assessment Period of
this Agreement,  or (2) the Minimum  Royalty Fee defined below.  Notwithstanding
(1) and (2),  the Royalty Fee [*] for each  Royalty  Bearing  Unit having  three
Licensed  Sub-Parts Shipped by Licensee or its parent,  subsidiaries,  partners,
joint ventures, and/or affiliates, and/or Licensee's sub-licensees.

FOUR OR MORE  LICENSED  SUB-PARTS.  During the  Design-In  Period,  and for each
Measurement  Period following the Design-In Period,  the Royalty Fee is equal to
the greater of (1) [*] of each Royalty Bearing Unit having four or more Licensed
Sub-Parts  Shipped by  Licensee  or its parent,  subsidiaries,  partners,  joint
ventures,  and/or  affiliates,  and/or  Licensee's  sub-licensees,  during  each
Assessment  Period of this  Agreement,  or (2) the  Minimum  Royalty Fee defined
below. Notwithstanding (1) and (2), the Royalty Fee [*] for each Royalty Bearing
Unit having four or more Licensed  Sub-Parts  Shipped by Licensee or its parent,
subsidiaries,  partners,  joint ventures,  and/or affiliates,  and/or Licensee's
sub-licensees.

Further to the above,  during the  Design-In  Period,  and for each  Measurement
Period following the Design-In Period, the Royalty Fee for each Licensed Product
that includes network interface card (NIC) functionality  Shipped by Licensee or
its parent,  subsidiaries,  partners, joint ventures, and/or affiliates,  and/or
Licensee's  sub-licensees shall be [*] Licensee's  stand-alone commercial NIC(s)
that has/have a  substantially  equivalent  technical  specification  as the NIC
functionality in the respective Licensed Product, if such stand-alone commercial
NIC(s)  is/are  being  commercially  Shipped by Licensee  during the  applicable
Measurement  Period, or [*] the Licensed Product if Licensee is not commercially
Shipping  any  stand-alone  commercial  NIC(s)  that  has/have  a  substantially
equivalent  technical  specification  as the NIC  functionality  in the Licensed
Product during the applicable Measurement Period.

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      139
<PAGE>

In the event that this Agreement is  terminated,  any portion of the Royalty Fee
not already  paid to  ParkerVision  will  immediately  become due and payable to
ParkerVision.

MINIMUM ROYALTY FEE.

[*] Royalty  Bearing Units  Shipped by Licensee  and/or its  sub-licensees,  the
Minimum  Royalty Fee is [*] per Royalty  Bearing Unit Shipped by Licensee and/or
its sub-licensees to any Recipient.

For all  Royalty  Bearing  Units  Shipped by  Licensee  in excess of [*] Royalty
Bearing Units Shipped by Licensee and/or its sub-licensees,  the Minimum Royalty
Fee is [*] per  Licensed  Part and/or  Licensed  Core Shipped by Licensee to any
Recipient, and [*] per Licensed Product Shipped by Licensee to any Recipient.

For all Royalty Bearing Units Shipped by Licensee's  sub-licensees  in excess of
[*] Royalty  Bearing Units  Shipped by Licensee  and/or its  sub-licensees,  the
Minimum  Royalty  Fee is [*] per  Royalty  Bearing  Unit  Shipped by  Licensee's
sub-licensees to any Recipient.

Licensee  may  allocate  the [*]  Royalty  Bearing  Units each  having a Minimum
Royalty Fee of [*] over [*] Royalty Bearing Units Shipped by Licensee and/or its
sub-licensees, provided that Shipment of [*] Royalty Bearing Units occurs within
the first [*] years of [*].

In no event  shall the  Minimum  Royalty  Fee paid to  ParkerVision  by Licensee
during [*] be less than the fees specified in Sections  2.3.1.1 and 2.3.1.2.  In
the event that this Agreement is terminated  prior to the end of [*], and during
the first Measurement  Period,  then any portion of the fee specified in Section
2.3.1.1 not already paid to ParkerVision will immediately become due and payable
to ParkerVision. In the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to the end
of [*], and during or after the second Measurement  Period,  then any portion of
the  fee  specified  in  Sections  2.3.1.1  and  2.3.1.2  not  already  paid  to
ParkerVision will immediately become due and payable to ParkerVision.

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      140
<PAGE>

                   EXHIBIT F - MUTUAL NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT


                                      141
<PAGE>

              EXHIBIT G - INDIVIDUAL NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT FORM


                                      142
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT H - PERSONS HAVING ACCESS TO THE PARKERVISION INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY POOL

                                       [*]

- -------------------
*    Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with
     the Commission.  Confidential  treatment has been requested with respect to
     the omitted portion.

                                      143
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 23.1

               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (No.  333-17683) and the  Registration  Statements on Form
S-8 (Nos.  33-93658 and  333-62497)  of  ParkerVision,  Inc. of our report dated
March 10, 2000 relating to the  financial  statements  and  financial  statement
schedules which appears in the Form 10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Jacksonville, Florida
March 29, 2000

                                      144
<PAGE>



EXHIBIT 23.2

               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As  independent   certified  public  accountants,   we  hereby  consent  to  the
incorporation  of our  report  included  in this Form  10-K  into the  Company's
previously  filed  Registration  Statement File Nos.  33-93658,  333-62497,  and
333-17683.

Arthur Andersen LLP
Jacksonville, Florida
March 27, 2000

                                      145
<PAGE>


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5

<S>                           <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                  DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                     JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                       DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                               2,128,742
<SECURITIES>                        17,530,436
<RECEIVABLES>                          913,940
<ALLOWANCES>                            37,308
<INVENTORY>                          3,922,916
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                    25,337,510
<PP&E>                               7,300,086
<DEPRECIATION>                       4,015,331
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                      32,771,418
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                2,604,951
<BONDS>                                      0
                  117,900
                                  0
<COMMON>                                     0
<OTHER-SE>                          30,018,423
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>        32,771,418
<SALES>                             10,549,081
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                    10,549,081
<CGS>                                6,534,328
<TOTAL-COSTS>                        6,534,328
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                    14,981,023
<LOSS-PROVISION>                             0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                     (9,741,392)
<INCOME-TAX>                                 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                 (9,741,392)
<DISCONTINUED>                               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                              0
<CHANGES>                                    0
<NET-INCOME>                        (9,741,392)
<EPS-BASIC>                              (0.83)
<EPS-DILUTED>                            (0.83)


</TABLE>


EXHIBIT 99.1

                                  RISK FACTORS

PARKERVISION  HAS A HISTORY OF LOSSES.  ParkerVision has had losses in each year
since its inception in 1989.  There can be no assurances  that revenues from the
current  CameraMan(R) or PVTV(TM)  products,  D2D(TM) technology or products and
technologies  being developed will produce revenues that will cover  operational
expenses or result in net profits.

PARKERVISION MAY REQUIRE  ADDITIONAL CAPITAL TO FUND ITS OPERATIONS AND RESEARCH
AND DEVELOPMENT.  Because ParkerVision has had net losses and positive cash flow
has not been generated from operations,  it has funded its operating  activities
to date from the sale of equity securities.  In addition, the Company's business
plan for 2000  requires  significant  expenditures.  Although  ParkerVision  had
working capital of $22,732,559 at December 31, 1999, it will require  additional
capital in the future which may be in the form of loans or  additional  sales of
equity  securities.   A  loan  may  result  in  the  imposition  of  operational
limitations  and  will  have  payment  obligations  that  may be  burdensome  to
ParkerVision.  The sale of equity  securities  will  result in  dilution  to the
current stockholders  ownership of ParkerVision.  ParkerVision does not have any
plans or arrangements for additional financing at this time.

MICROELECTRONIC  HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE IS SUBJECT TO RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES
THAT REQUIRE PARKERVISION TO DEVELOP AND MARKET ENHANCEMENTS TO CURRENT PRODUCTS
AND DEVELOP NEW PRODUCTS.  Because of the rapid  technological  development that
regularly occurs in the microelectronics industry, ParkerVision must continually
devote substantial resources to developing and introducing new product offerings
and creating new products.  This is necessary to establish  and increase  market
share  and  grow  revenues.  If  another  company  offers  better  products,  or
ParkerVision   development  lags,  the  competitive  position  and  revenues  of
ParkerVision may be adversely affected.

PARKERVISION HAS EXPENDED SIGNIFICANT  RESOURCES FOR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT OF
NEW PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY THAT MAY NOT BE COMMERCIALLY ACCEPTED.  ParkerVision
devotes  substantial  resources  to research  and  development.  There can be no
assurance  that the results of the  research  and the product  development  will
produce  commercially  viable  products  and  technologies.  If new products and
technologies  are not  commercially  accepted,  the funds  expended  will not be
recoverable,  and  ParkerVision's  competitive  position  and  revenues  may  be
adversely affected.

PARKERVISION NEEDS TO ACHIEVE MARKET ACCEPTANCE OF ITS D2D(TM)  TECHNOLOGY.  The
ParkerVision   wireless  technology  represents  a  significant  change  in  the
architecture  of  wireless  radio-frequency  communications.  To achieve  market
acceptance,  the Company will need to demonstrate the benefits of its technology
over more traditional solutions through the development of application solutions
and aggressive marketing to wireless products companies.

IF PARKERVISION'S PATENTS DO NOT PROVIDE THE ANTICIPATED MARKET PROTECTIONS, ITS
COMPETITIVE  POSITION WILL BE ADVERSELY  AFFECTED.  ParkerVision has a number of
patents and patent applications  relating to its  microelectronic  technologies.
ParkerVision relies on these to provide competitive advantage.  It believes that
many of these are for entirely new  technologies.  If the patents are not issued
or issued  patents are later shown not to be as broad as  currently  believed or
otherwise  challenged  such  that  some  or  all  of  the  protection  is  lost,
ParkerVision will suffer adverse effects from the loss of competitive  advantage
and its ability to offer unique products and technologies.  Concomitantly, there
would be an adverse impact on its financial condition and business prospects.

                                      147
<PAGE>

PARKERVISION WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USE INFRARED AND RADIO FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY
SUBJECT TO REGULATION  BY THE FEDERAL  COMMUNICATIONS  COMMISSION.  ParkerVision
must  obtain  licenses  and  approvals  from  the FCC for the  operation  of its
products.  ParkerVision  may also have to obtain  licenses  and  approvals  from
foreign  governments  where its products  are sold  overseas.  The  inability to
obtain any required  licenses and approvals,  or a change in current  regulation
that impacts issued  licenses and approvals,  will have an adverse impact on the
ability of  ParkerVision  to market its  products.  Therefore,  there will be an
adverse impact on the revenues and business prospects of ParkerVision.

THE  CAMERAMAN(R)  AND  PVTV(TM)  PRODUCTS  COMPETE  WITH  OTHER  PRODUCTS.  The
videoconferencing and studio production industries are highly competitive. There
are many  other  companies  that  offer  products  that  compete  with  those of
ParkerVision.  ParkerVision,  however,  believes that no one  competing  product
offers the range of options and  capabilities of the  CameraMan(R)  and PVTV(TM)
products in the tasks for which these products have been designed. The principal
competitors include Sony Corporation, Panasonic Corporation and Tektronics. Each
of these companies are well established,  have  substantially  greater financial
and  other  resources  and  have  established  reputations  or  success  in  the
development,   sale  and  service  of  products.   They  also  have  significant
advertising  budgets that permit them to  implement  extensive  advertising  and
promotional  campaigns in response to  competitors.  If these or other companies
improve or change their products or launch significant  marketing efforts in the
market segments in which  ParkerVision  operates,  ParkerVision  may lose market
share.

PARKERVISION   EXPECTS   COMPETITION  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  ITS  DIRECT2DATA(TM)
TECHNOLOGY.  Although the D2D(TM) technology of ParkerVision is believed to be a
significant  technological  advancement,  it will face  competition  from  older
technological   solutions  until  the  ParkerVision  products  are  more  widely
acknowledged and utilized.  This technology may also face competition from other
technological advances which are under development and have not yet emerged.

PARKERVISION  PURCHASES  CRITICAL  COMPONENTS FOR ITS  CAMERAMAN(R) AND PVTV(TM)
SYSTEMS FROM SINGLE SOURCE  SUPPLIERS.  To change suppliers for any one of these
components would require  modifications to existing systems.  If ParkerVision is
unable to obtain its components from the current sources,  its business would be
disrupted,  and it would  have to expend  some of its  resources  to modify  its
products.

IF PARKERVISION  LOSES ITS SIGNIFICANT  CUSTOMER FOR CAMERAMAN(R)  CAMERAS,  ITS
REVENUES   WILL  BE   SIGNIFICANTLY   AFFECTED.   Vtel   Corporation   purchased
approximately  43% of the  CameraMan(R)  camera  systems  sold  in  1999,  which
represented 29% of ParkerVision's revenues for 1999. Vtel Corporation was also a
significant  customer in each of 1998 and 1997. These  CameraMan(R)  systems are
used  primarily  in the  distance  education  segment of the video  conferencing
market. The loss of this customer will severely impact revenues of ParkerVision,
and the ParkerVision presence in this particular market would be diminished.

EFFECT OF  OUTSTANDING  OPTIONS  AND  WARRANTS  ON MARKET  PRICE AND  LIQUIDITY.
ParkerVision has outstanding  options and warrants to purchase  4,020,655 shares
of its common stock.  This represents about 25% of the common stock  outstanding
on a fully diluted  basis.  All of these have  exercise  prices at less than the
current market price of the common stock. Most of the underlying common stock is
registered for sale by  ParkerVision  to the option holder or for public sale by
the security holder. The amount of common stock available for the sales may have
an  adverse  impact on  ParkerVision's  ability  to raise  capital in the public
market and may affect the price and liquidity of

                                      148
<PAGE>

the common stock in the public market. In addition, the issuance of these shares
of  common  stock  will  have a  dilutive  effect  on the  current  stockholders
ownership of ParkerVision.

THE SALE OF A  SUBSTANTIAL  NUMBER OF SHARES OF THE  COMMON  STOCK IN THE PUBLIC
MARKET  COULD  ADVERSELY  AFFECT  THE  MARKET  PRICE.  Substantially  all of the
currently  outstanding  shares of common stock have been registered for the sale
under the  Securities  Act, are  eligible  for sale under an exemption  from the
registration  requirements  of the Securities Act or are subject to registration
rights which require ParkerVision to register the shares in the future. Sales or
the expectation of sales,  of a substantial  number of shares of common stock in
the public  market could  adversely  affect the  prevailing  market price of the
common stock.

THE  MARKET  OF THE  PARKERVISION  COMMON  STOCK HAS  FLUCTUATED  SIGNIFICANTLY,
SOMETIMES IN A MANNER UNRELATED TO PARKERVISION'S PERFORMANCE.  The market price
of the common stock has varied in response to various factors and events.  These
include:

o    the  number of  shares of common  stock  being  sold and  purchased  in the
     marketplace;
o    variations in operating results;
o    rumors  of   significant   events  which  can  circulate   quickly  in  the
     marketplace, particularly over the internet; and
o    the difference between actual results and the results expected by investors
     and analysts.

Since the common stock has been publicly traded, its market price has fluctuated
over a wide  range  and  ParkerVision  expects  it to  continue  to do so in the
future.  In addition,  the stock market had  experienced  broad price and volume
fluctuations  in recent years that have often been  unrelated  to the  operating
performance  of companies.  These broad market  fluctuations  also may adversely
affect the market price of the common stock.

PROVISIONS  IN THE  CERTIFICATE  OF THE  INCORPORATION  AND  BY-LAWS  COULD HAVE
AFFECTS THAT CONFLICT WITH THE INTEREST OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Some provisions in the
certificate  of  incorporation  and by-laws of  ParkerVision  could make it more
difficult  for a third  party to  acquire  control.  For  example,  the board of
directors has the ability to issue preferred stock without stockholder  approval
and there are pre-notification provisions for director nominations and proposals
by stockholders under the by-laws.

March 10, 2000

                                      149
<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission